Bibliography

The NMR bibliography has been prepared by Charles D. Schaeffer, Jr., Professor Emeritus of Elizabethtown College, and is updated frequently.

September 14, 2017

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Heading                                                                                                                              Page

I.  Fundamentals and Theory                                                                                                   3

II.  Analysis and Assignment                                                                                                 29

            A.  Proton NMR                                                                                                         29

            B.  Relaxation and NOE                                                                                            33

            C.  Decoupling, Multiple Resonance and Spin Labeling                                      39

            D.  Extreme Field NMR                                                                                             42

            E.  Lanthanide Shift Reagents and Paramagnetic Systems                                  45

            F.  Multidimensional NMR and Multipulse Techniques                                          50

III.  Fourier Transform and Pulsed NMR                                                                               59

IV.  Chemical Shifts and Coupling Constants                                                                     65

V.  Multinuclear NMR                                                                                                             74

            A.  General                                                                                                                  74

            B.  Organometallics and Inorganics                                                                           79

            C.  Deuterium and Tritium                                                                                          84

            D.  Groups 1 and 2                                                                                                    87

            E.  Boron and Group 13                                                                                            89

            F.  Carbon-13                                                                                                             92

            G.  Silicon-29                                                                                                            100

            H.  Germanium-73                                                                                                   102

            I.  Tin                                                                                                                          103

            J.  Lead-207                                                                                                             105

            K.  Nitrogen                                                                                                               106

            L.  Phosphorus-31 and Group 15                                                                         109

            M.  Oxygen-17 and Group 16                                                                               113

            N.  Fluorine-19                                                                                                          117

            O.  Chlorine and Group 17                                                                                     121

            P.  Inert Gases                                                                                                         123

            Q.  Transition Metals                                                                                                125

            R.  Lanthanides and Actinides                                                                                130


Table of Contents, continued

 

 

Heading                                                                                                                              Page

VI.  Dynamic NMR                                                                                                              131

VII.  NMR in Biochemistry                                                                                                  139

            A.  Books                                                                                                                  139

            B.  Review Articles                                                                                                  148

VIII.  Magnetic Resonance Imaging                                                                                   188

IX.  Solids                                                                                                                             204

X.  Polymers                                                                                                                         226

XI.  Liquid Crystals and Oriented Molecules                                                                     234

XII.  Ions, Ionic Liquids, Radicals, and Charge-Transfer Complexes                             238

XIII.  CIDNP                                                                                                                         242

XIV.  Compilations of NMR Data                                                                                      245

XV.  Structural Assignment Problems                                                                               250

            A.  With C-13 Spectra                                                                                            250

            B.  Without C-13 Spectra                                                                                       254

XVI.  Serial Publications                                                                                                      256

XVII.  Audio Cassette Courses                                                                                         257

XVIII.  On-Line Books                                                                                                         258


I.  FUNDAMENTALS AND THEORY

 

1.  J.A.S. Smith, "NMR Absorption," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 7, 279 (1953).

2.  E.R. Andrew, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Cambridge University Press, London, 1955.

3.  L.M. Jackman, "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy in Organic Chemistry," Pergamon Press, NY, 1959.

4.  J.A. Pople, W.G. Scheidner, and H.J. Bernstein, "High Resolution NMR," McGraw-Hill, NY, 1959.

5.  J.D. Roberts, "NMR: Applications to Organic Chemistry," McGraw-Hill, NY,  1959.

6.  A. Abragam, "The Principles of Nuclear Magnetism," Oxford University Press, NY, 1961 (published in paperback, 1983).

7.  J.C. Martin, "NMR Spectroscopy as an Analytical Tool in Organic Chemistry," J. Chem. Educ., 38, 286 (1961).

8.  J.D. Roberts, "NMR Spectroscopy," J. Chem. Educ., 38, 581 (1961).

9.  E.L. Muetterties and W.D. Phillips, "The Use of NMR in Inorganic Chemistry", Adv. Inorg. Chem. Radiochem., 4, 231 (1962).

10.  J.D. Roberts, "An Introduction to the Analysis of Spin-Spin Splitting in High Resolution NMR Spectra," Benjamin, NY, 1962.

11.  J.D. Roberts, "Some Illustrative Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Organic Chemistry," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 2, 53 (1963).

12.  J.R. Dyer, "Applications of Absorption Spectroscopy of Organic Compounds," Prentice-Hall, NJ, 1965, Ch. 4.

13.  J.W. Emsley, J. Feeney, and L.H. Sutcliffe, "High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Pergamon Press, NY, 1965 (two volumes).

14.  B. Pesce, Ed., "NMR in Chemistry," Academic Press, NY, 1965.

15.  A. Carrington and A.D. McLachlan, "Introduction to Magnetic Resonance," Harper & Row, NY, 1967.

16.  H.G. Hecht, "Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 1967.

17.  K. Mislow and M. Raban, "Stereospecific Relationships of Groups in Molecules," Top. Stereochem., 1, 1 (1967).

18.  L. Petrakis, "Spectral Line Shapes," J. Chem. Educ., 44, 432 (1967).

19.  D.R. Eaton, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," in "Physical Methods in Advanced Inorganic Chemistry," H.A.O. Hill and P. Day, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1968, Ch. 10.

20.  J.D. Memory," Quantum Theory of Magnetic Resonance Parameters," McGraw-Hill, NY, 1968.

21.  M. Van Gorkom and G.E. Hall, "Equivalence of Nuclei in High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 22, 14 (1968).

22.  R.F.M. White, "High Resolution NMR," Chem. Brit., 4, 20 (1968).

23.  F.A. Bovey, "NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, NY, 1969.

24.  L.M. Jackman and S. Sternhell, "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy in Organic Chemistry," 2nd ed., Pergamon Press, NY, 1969.

25.  A. Chakravorty, "High-Resolution NMR," in "Spectroscopy in Inorganic Chemistry," C.N.R. Rao and J.R. Ferraro, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1970, Vol. 1, p. 247.

26.  R.A. Hoffman, "Line Shapes in High-Resolution NMR," Adv. Magn. Reson., 4, 87 (1970).

27.  B.I. Ionin and B.A. Ershov, "NMR Spectroscopy in Organic Chemistry," Plenum Press, NY, 1970.

28.  R.T. Schumacher, "Introduction to Magnetic Resonance," Benjamin, NY, 1970.

29.  W.W. Paudler, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Allyn & Bacon, Boston, MA, 1971.

30.  E.R. Andrew, "Wide Line NMR," Magn. Reson. Rev., 1, 33 (1972).

31.  W.T. Dixon, "Theory and Interpretation of Magnetic Resonance Spectra," Plenum Press, NY, 1972.

32.  H.A. Farach and C.P. Poole, Jr., "Guide to the Magnetic Resonance Literature," Magn. Reson. Rev., 1, 3 (1972).

33.  H.G. Fritzky, D. Wendlisch, and R. Holm, "Structure Determinations of Nitrogen Compounds with the Aid of NQR, NMR, and ESCA Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 11, 979 (1972).

34.  W.S. Gall, "Review of NMR Spectroscopy," Am. Lab., 4(6), 22 (1972).

35.  G.J. Martin and M.L. Martin, "The Stereochemistry of Double Bonds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 8, 163 (1972).

36.  W. McFarlane and R.F.M. White, "Techniques of High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," CRC Press, Cleveland, OH, 1972.

37.  K.A. McLauchlin, "Magnetic Resonance," Oxford University Press, NY, 1972.

38.  J.D. Memory, "High-Resolution NMR Theory," Magn. Reson. Rev., 1, 91(1972).

39.  J.D. Memory, "High-Resolution NMR Theory," Magn. Reson. Rev., 1, 333 (1972).

40.  C.P. Poole, Jr., and H.A. Farach, "The Theory of Magnetic Resonance," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1972.

41.  E.A. Turov and M.P. Petrov, "NMR in Ferro- and Antiferromagnets," translated by E. Harnik, Halsted Press, NY, 1972.

42.  T.J. Batterham, "NMR Spectra of Simple Heterocycles," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1973.

43.  G. Govil, "NMR Studies in Gases," Appl. Spectrosc. Rev., 7, 47 (1973).

44.  E.J. Haws, R.R. Hill, and D.P. Mowthorpe, "The Interpretation of Proton Magnetic Resonance Spectra," Heyden & Son, Philadelphia, PA, 1973.

45.  S.P. Hiremath and R.S. Hosmane, "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Heterocyclic Chemistry: Indole and Its Derivatives," Adv. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 277 (1973).

46.  H.-G. Horn, "NMR Spectra and Characteristic Frequencies of Compounds Containing N-S-F Bonds," Fluorine Chem. Rev., 6, 135 (1973).

47.  F. Kasler, "Quantative Analysis by NMR Spectroscopy," Academic  Press, NY, 1973.

48.  J.D. Memory, "High Resolution NMR Theory," Magn. Reson. Rev., 2, 185 (1973).

49.  R.J. Myers, "Molecular Magnetism and Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Prentice-Hall, NJ, 1973.

50.  F.A. Rushworth and D.P. Tunstall, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Gordon & Breach, NY, 1973.

51.  N.S. Bhacca, "NMR," in "Handbook of Spectroscopy," Vol. 2, J.W. Robinson, Ed., CRC Press, Cleveland, OH, 1974, p. 330.

52.  N.F. Chamberlain, "The Practice of NMR Spectroscopy," Plenum Press, NY, 1974.

53.  M.J. Cook, A.R. Katritzky, and P. Linda, "Aromaticity of Heterocycles," Adv. Heterocycl. Chem., 17, 256 (1974).

54.  J.A. Elvidge, "Some Recent Developments in NMR Spectroscopy," in "An Introduction to Spectroscopic Methods for the Identification of Organic Compounds," F. Scheinmann, Ed., Pergamon Press, NY, 1974, Vol. 2, p. 211.

55.  J.D. Memory, "High Resolution NMR Theory," Magn. Reson. Rev., 3, 105 (1974).

56.  E.W. Randall, "New Methods of Research in Chemistry," Chem. Brit., 10, 443 (1974).

57.  J.M. Anderson, "Measurements Based on the Symmetry of NMR Spectra," J. Chem. Educ., 42, 363 (1975).

58.  G.N. Boiku, Yu. I. Malko, and K.N. Semenenko, "Use of the NMR Method to Study Simple and Complex Hydrides of Light Metals," Russ. Chem. Rev., 44, 1 (1975).

59.  K.A. McLauchlin, "Structure Determination by NMR Spectroscopy," MTP Int. Rev. Sci., Phys. Chem., Ser. 2, 2, 119 (1975).

60.  K.C. Ramey and D.C. Lini, "General Review of NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 6A, 147 (1975).

61.  J.B. Lambert, H.F. Shurvell, L. Verbit, R.G. Cooks, and G.H. Stout, "Organic Structural Analysis," Macmillan, NY, 1976, Part 1.

62.  E.E. Tucker and E. Lippert, "High Resolution NMR Studies of Hydrogen Bonding," in "The Hydrogen Bond," Vol. 2, P. Schuster, G. Zundel, and C. Sandorfy, Eds., North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1976, p. 791.

63.  R.S. Drago, "Physical Methods in Chemistry," Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 1977, Chs. 7 and 8.

64.  D.E. Leyden and R.H. Cox, "Analytical Applications of NMR," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1977.

65.  R.K. Harris, "Introduction," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 1.

66.  C.P. Slichter, "Principles of Magnetic Resonance," 2nd ed., Springer Verlag, NY, 1978.

67.  A. Carrington and A.D. McLachlan, "Introduction to Magnetic Resonance," Chapman & Hall, London, 1979.

68.  E.D. Becker, "High Resolution NMR: Theory and Chemical Applications," 2nd ed., Academic Press, NY, 1980.

69.  H. GŸnther, "NMR Spectroscopy: An Introduction," Wiley, NY, 1980.

70.  J. Jonas and H.S. Gutowky, "NMR in Chemistry-An Evergreen," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 31, 1 (1980).

71.  M.L. Martin, J.-J. Delpuech, and G.J. Martin, "Practical NMR Spectroscopy," Heyden & Son, Philadelphia, PA, 1980.

72.  C. Thibault and J.W. Cooper, "Applications of Computers in NMR," Magn. Reson. Rev., 5, 101 (1980).

73.  I. Ando and G.A. Webb, "Some Quantum Chemical Aspects of Solvent Effects of NMR Parameters," Org. Magn. Reson., 15, 111 (1981).

74.  G.C. Levy and D.J. Craik, "Recent Developments in NMR  Spectroscopy," Science (Washington, DC), 214, 291 (1981).

75.  J. Jonas, "NMR at High Pressures," Science (Washington, DC), 216, 1179 (1982).

76.  G.C. Levy, Ed., "NMR Spectroscopy: New Methods and Applications," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1982, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 191.

77.  A.P. Marchand, "Stereochemical Applications of NMR Studies in Rigid Bicyclic Systems," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1982.

78.  A.G. Marshall, Ed., "Fourier, Hadamard, and Hilbert Transforms in Chemistry," Plenum Press, NY, 1982.

79.  J.D. Memory and N.K. Wilson, "NMR of Aromatic Compounds," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1982.

80.  P.L. Rinaldi, "The Determination of Absolute Configuration Using NMR Techniques," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 15, 291 (1982).

81.  J.W. Akitt, "NMR and Chemistry: An Introduction to the Fourier Transform-Multinuclear Era," 2nd ed., Chapman & Hall/Methuen, NY, 1983.

82.  C. Brevard, "High Resolution Nuclear Magnetic Resonance:  Instrumentation Requirements and Detection Procedures," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert  and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 1 (1983).

83.  R.H. Cox and D.E. Leyden, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: Principles and 1H Spectra," in "Treatise on Analytical Chemistry," 2nd ed., Part 1 (Theory and Practice), Vol. 10, Section 1, "Magnetic Field and Related Methods of Analysis," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1983, Ch. 1.

84.  R.K. Harris, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: a Physicochemical View," Pitman, Marshfield, MA, 1983.

85.  J.D. Morrison, Ed., "Asymmetric Synthesis," Academic Press, NY, 1983.

86.  P. Sohar, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1983 (three volumes).

87.  I. Ando and G.A. Webb, "Theory of NMR Parameters," Academic Press, NY, 1984.

88.  L.W. Jelinski, "Modern NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Eng. News, 62(45), 26 (1984).

89.  L. Petrakis and J.P. Fraissard, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance-Introduction, Advanced Topics and Applications to Fossil Energy," Reidel, Hingham, MA, 1984.

90.  W. McFarlane, "Physical Methods and Techniques. NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. B, 82, 3 (1985).

91.  G.A. Webb, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. C, 82, 3 (1985).

92.  Atta-ur-Rahman, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: Basic Principles," Springer Verlag, NY, 1986.

93.  W. Kemp, "NMR in Chemistry: A Multinuclear Introduction," Macmillan, London, 1986.

94.  R.K. Harris, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: a Physicochemical View,"  Longman, England, 1986 (revised paperback edition).

95.  I.S. Mackenzie, "NMR for Measurement," J. Phys. E: Sci. Instrum., 19, 324 (1986).

96.  G.A. Morris, "Modern NMR Techniques for Structure Elucidation," Magn. Reson. Chem., 24, 371 (1986).

97.  L. Petrakis and D. Allen, Eds., "NMR for Liquid Fossil Fuels," Elsevier, NY, 1986 (Anal. Spectrosc. Libr., 1 (1986)).

98.  D.A.R. Williams, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 1986 (Analytical Chemistry by Open Learning).

99.  D.L. Wooton, "NMR Spectroscopy-A Practical Application to Petroleum Analysis," Spectroscopy (Springfield, OR), 1(3), 14 (1986).

100.  A. Allerhand and S.R. Maple, "Ultra-High Resolution NMR," Anal. Chem., 59, 441A (1987).

101.  E.W. Bastiaan, P.C.M. van Zijl, C. MacLean, and A.A. Bothner-By, "High-Resolution NMR of Liquids and Gases: Effects of Magnetic-Field-Induced Molecular Alignment," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 19, 35 (1987).

102.  A. E. Derome, "Modern NMR Techniques for Chemistry Research,"  Pergamon Press, NY, 1987.

103.  C. Dybowski and R.L. Lichter, Eds., "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987 (Pract. Spectrosc., Vol. 5).

104.  R.R. Ernst, G. Bodenhausen, and A. Wokaun, "Principles of NMR in One and Two Dimensions," Oxford University Press, NY, 1987.

105.  R. Freeman, "A Handbook of NMR," Wiley/Longman, NY, 1987.

106.  C.J. Jameson and J. Mason, "The Parameters of NMR Spectroscopy," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 2.

107.  S.S. Krishnamurthy and M. Woods, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance of Cyclophosphazenes," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 19, 175 (1987).

108.  J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., "Recent  Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987.

109.  J.B. Lambert, H.F. Shurvell, D.A. Lightner, and R.G. Cooks, "Introduction to Organic Spectroscopy," Macmillan, NY, 1987, Part 1.

110.  W.W. Paudler, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: General Concepts and Applications," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1987.

111.  C.P. Poole and H.A. Farach, "Theory of Magnetic Resonance," 2nd ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1987.

112.  J.K.M. Sanders and B.K. Hunter, "Modern NMR Spectroscopy: A Guide for Chemists," Oxford University Press, NY, 1987.

113.  D.D. Traficante, "NMR Concepts," in "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," C. Dybowski and R.L. Lichter, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987, Ch. 1.

114.  C.H. Yoder and C.D. Schaeffer, Jr., "Introduction to Multinuclear NMR; Theory and Application,"  Benjamin/Cummings, Menlo Park, CA, 1987.

115.  R.J. Abraham, J. Fisher, and P. Loftus, "Introduction to NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., Wiley, NY, 1988.

116.  A.G. Avent, "NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. B, 85, 3 (1988).

117.  F.A. Bovey, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., Academic Press, Orlando, FL, 1988.

118.  P.J. Bray, S.J. Gravina, D.H. Hintenlang, and R.V. Mulkern, "NMR of Glasses," Magn. Reson. Rev., 13, 263 (1988).

119.  M. Goldman, "Quantum Description of High-Resolution NMR in Liquids," Oxford University Press, NY, 1988.

120.  R.S. Macomber, "NMR Spectroscopy: Essential Theory and Practice," Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, San Diego, CA, 1988 (College Outline Series).

121.  D.A. McQuarrie, "Proton Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," J. Chem. Educ., 65, 426 (1988).

122.  M. Munowitz, "Coherence and NMR," Wiley, NY, 1988.

123.  L.D. Field and S. Sternhell, Eds., "Analytical NMR," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1989.

124.  A.G. Marshall and F.R. Verdun, "Fourier Transforms in NMR, Optical, and Mass Spectrometry: A User's Handbook," Elsevier, NY, 1989.

125.  Atta-Ur-Rahman, "One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Elsevier, NY, 1989.

126.  P.E. Pfeffer and W.V. Gerasimowicz, Eds., "NMR in Agriculture," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1989.

127.  S. Sternhell and L.D. Field, Eds., "Analytical NMR," Wiley, NY, 1989.

128.  H. Gesmar, J.J. Led, and F. Abildgaard, "Improved Methods for Quantitative Spectral Analysis of NMR Data," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 255 (1990).

129.  R. Kitamaru, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: Principles and Theory," Elsevier, NY, 1990.

130.  R.V. Parish, "NMR, NQR, EPR, and Mšssbauer Spectroscopy in Inorganic Chemistry," Ellis Horwood, NY, 1990.

131.  C.P. Slichter, "Principles of Magnetic Resonance," 3rd ed., Springer Verlag, NY, 1990.

132.  E.A.V. Ebsworth, D.W.H. Rankin, and S. Cradock, "Structural Methods in Inorganic Chemistry," 2nd ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1991, Ch. 2.

133.  I.T. Horvath and J.M. Millar, "NMR Under High Gas Pressure," Chem. Rev., 91, 1339 (1991).

134.  C.J. Jameson, "Gas-Phase NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Rev., 91, 1375 (1991).

135.  J. Jonas, Ed., "High Pressure NMR," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 24, 1 (1991).

136.  W. Kemp, "Organic Spectroscopy," 3rd ed., W.H. Freeman, NY, 1991, Ch. 3.

137.  J.J. Led and H. Gesmar, "Application of the Linear Prediction Method to NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Rev., 91, 1413 (1991).

138.  W. Meiler and R. Meusinger, "NMR of Coals and Coal Products," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 23, 375 (1991).

139.  D. Parker, "NMR Determination of Enantiomeric Purity," Chem. Rev., 91, 1441 (1991).

140.  A.I. Popov and K. Hallenga, Eds., "Modern NMR Techniques and Their Application in Chemistry," Marcel Dekker, NY, 1991 (Pract. Spectrosc., Vol. 11).

141.  J.F. Stebbins, "NMR at High Temperature," Chem. Rev., 91, 1353 (1991).

142.  J.W. Akitt, "NMR and Chemistry: An Introduction to Modern NMR Spectroscopy," 3rd ed., Chapman & Hall/Methuen, NY, 1992.

143.  S.W. Homans, "A Dictionary of Concepts in NMR-Revised Edition in Paperback," Oxford University Press,NY,1992.

144.  R.S. Drago, "Physical Methods in Chemistry," 2nd ed., Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 1992, Chs. 7 and 8.

145.  J. Grandjean, "NMR Studies of Interfacial Phenomena," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 24, 181 (1992).

146.  W. Meiler and R. Meusinger, "Applications of NMR Methods in Coal Research," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 24, 331 (1992).

147.  A.E. Torda and W.F. van Gunsteren, "Molecular Modeling Using NMR Data," Rev. Comput. Chem., 3, 143 (1992).

148.  P.S. Belton, I.J. Colquhoun, and B.P. Hills, "Applications of NMR to Food Science," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 26, 1 (1993).

149.  E. Breitmaier, "Structure Elucidation by NMR in Organic Chemistry," Wiley, NY, 1993.

150.  A.F. Casey, "Chiral Discrimination by NMR Spectroscopy," Trends Anal. Chem., 12, 185 (1993).

151.  M.S. Conradi, "Low Temperature NMR Techniques," Concepts Magn. Reson., 5, 243 (1993).

152.  H. Friebolin, "Basic One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1993.

153.  L.F. Gladden, "NMR Studies of Porous Media," Chem. Eng. Res. Des., 71, 657 (1993).

154.  J.W. Hennel and J. Klinowski, "Fundamentals of NMR," Wiley, NY, 1993.

155.  J. Keeler, "Knowing the Unknown," Chem. Brit., 29, 593 (1993).

156.  M. Mehring, "Introduction to the NMR of High Tc Superconductors," Springer Ser. Solid State Sci., 114, 155 (1993).

157.  H. Pfeifer and P. Barker, Eds., "Special Applications," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 29, articles therein (1993).

158.  C.M. Preston, "The NMR Users Guide to the Forest," Can. J. Appl. Spectrosc., 38, 61 (1993).

159.  N.F. Ramsey, "Early NMR Experiments," Phys. Today, 46, 40 (1993).

160.  J.K.M. Sanders, "NMR of Nature's Plastics and Spider's Webs:  Chemistry, Physics or Biology?," Chem. Soc. Rev., 22, 1 (1993).

161.  J.K.M. Sanders and B.K. Hunter, "Modern NMR Spectroscopy: A Guide for Chemists," 2nd ed., Oxford University Press, NY, 1993.

162.  J.N. Shoolery, "NMR Spectroscopy in the Beginning," Anal. Chem., 65, 731A (1993).

163.  M.L. Snoddy, "Potential of Process NMR on Flowing Streams," Spectrosc. (Eugene), 8, 41 (1993).

164.  G.A. Webb, "NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. C, 89, 3 (1993).

165.  D.A.W. Wendisch, "NMR in Industry," Appl. Spectrosc. Rev., 28, 165 (1993).

166.  A.T. Bell and A. Pines, Eds., "NMR Techniques in Catalysis," Marcel Dekker, NY, 1994 (Chemical Industries, Vol. 55).

167.  M.J. McCarthy, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Foods," Chapman & Hall, NY, 1994.

168.  T.J. Norwood, "Magnetic Field Gradients in NMR:  Friend or Foe?," Chem. Soc. Rev., 23, 59 (1994).

169.  T. Apple, "NMR Applied to Materials Analysis," Appl. Spectrosc., 49, 12A (1995).

170.  P.S. Belton, "NMR in Context," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 31, 1 (1995).

171.  P.S. Belton, I. Delgadillo, A.M. Gil, and G.A. Webb, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance in Food Science," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 1995.

172.  J.W. Emsley and J. Feeney, "Milestones in the First Fifty Years of NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 28, 1 (1995).

173.  L.F. Gladden, "Industrial Applications of NMR," Chem. Eng. J., 56, 149 (1995).

174.  H. GŸnther, "NMR Spectroscopy: A Practical Approach," 2nd ed., Wiley, NY, 1995.

175.  P.J. Hore, "NMR," Oxford University Press, NY, 1995.

176.  J.E. Maneval, "Applications of NMR to Drying," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 31, 345 (1995).

177.  J.N. Shoolery, "Development of Experimental and Analytical High Resolution NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 28, 37 (1995).

178.  F.J.M. Van De Ven, "Introduction to Multidimensional NMR Spectroscopy," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1995.

179.  K. Asayama, Y. Kitaoka, G. Zheng, and K. Ishida, "NMR Studies of High Tc Superconductors," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 28, 221 (1996).

180.  J.L. Bonardet, M.C. Barrage, and J. Fraissaard, "NMR Tehniques for Studying the Coking of Zeolite-Based Catalysts," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1996, p. 99, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 634.

181.  S. Braun, H.-O. Kalinowski, and S. Berger, "100 and More Basic NMR Experiments: A Practical Course," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1996.

182.  W.S. Brey, Ed., "Magnetic Resonance in Perspective," Academic Press, NY, 1996.

183.  E. Brosio and R. Barbieri, "NMR in the Analysis of Dairy Products," Rev. Anal. Chem., 15, 273 (1996).

184.  M.D. Bruch, Ed., "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," 2nd ed., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1996 (Pract. Spectrosc., Vol. 21).

185.  D. Canet, "NMR: Concepts and Methods," Wiley, NY, 1996.

186.  J. Fraissard, R. Vincent, C. Doremieux, J. Karger, and H. Pfeifer, "Application of NMR Methods to Catalysis," Coord. Chem. Rev., 148, 1 (1996).

187.  D.M. Grant and R.K. Harris, Eds., "Encyclopedia of NMR," Wiley, NY, 1996 (nine volumes). Retitled to "Encyclopedia of Magnetic Resonance" in 2007.

188.  C.J. Groombridge, "NMR Spectroscopy in Forensic Science," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 32, 215 (1996).

189.  A.B. Kudryavtsev and W. Linert, "Physico-Chemical Applications of NMR: A Practical Guide," World Scientific Publ. Co., NJ, 1996.

190.  J.C. Lindon, J.K. Nicholson, and I.D. Wilson, "Direct Coupling of Chromatographic Separations to NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 29, 1 (1996).

191.  A.G. Marshall, "Ion Cyclotron Resonance and NMR Spectroscopies:  Magnetic Partners for Elucidation of Molecular Structure and Reactivity," Acc. Chem. Res., 29, 307 (1996).

192.  G.J. Martin, M.L. Martin, and Y.-L. Martin, "Precise & Accurate Determination of Isotope Ratios by NMR Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 18, 9 (1996).

193.  J.C. Paniagua and A. Moyano, "On the Way of Introducing Some Basic NMR Aspects," J. Chem. Educ., 73, 310 (1996).

194.  C.H. Pennington and V.A. Stenger, "NMR of C60 and Fulleride Superconductors," Rev. Mod. Phys., 68, 855 (1996).

195.  W.S. Price, "Gradient NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 32, 51 (1996).

196.  Atta-Ur-Rahman and M.I. Choudhary, "Solving Problems with NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, NY, 1996.

197.  Various authors, "Fifty Years of NMR," Chem. Brit., 32(6), 33 (1996).

198.  L. Ballard and J. Jonas, "High-Pressure NMR," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 33, 115 (1997).

199.  S. Bank, "Some Principles of NMR Spectroscopy and Their Novel Application," Concepts Magn. Reson., 9, 83 (1997).

200.  G. Batta, K.E. Kšver, and C. Szantay, Eds., "Methods for Structure Elucidation by High-Resolution NMR," Elsevier, NY (Anal. Spectrosc. Libr., 8 (1997)).

201.  P.S. Belton, "Spectroscopy Approaches to the Measurement of Food Quality," Pure Appl. Chem., 69, 47 (1997).

202.  C. Cerf, "NMR Spectroscopy: From Quantum Mechanics to Protein Spectra," Concepts Magn. Reson., 9, 17 (1997).

203.  S. Clough, "NMR & Relative Quantum Theory," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 9, 49 (1997).

204.  R. Freeman, "A Handbook of NMR," 2nd ed., Wiley/Longman, NY, 1997.

205.  R. Freeman, "Spin Choreography: Basic Steps in High Resolution NMR," Oxford/Spectrum/University Science Books, Mill Valley, CA, 1997.

206.  B.J. Hardy, S.W. Doughty, M.F. Parretti, J. Tennison, B.E. Finn, and K. Gardner, "Internet Confereences in NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 31, 107 (1997).

207.  L.M. Harwood and T.D.W. Claridge, "Introduction to Organic Spectroscopy," Oxford University Press, NY, 1997.

208.  J.P. Hornak, "The Basics of NMR," J.P. Hornak, Ed., Rochester, NY, 1997.  Available URL:  http://www.cis.rit.edu/htbooks/nmr.

209.  E. Jedryka, M. Wojcik, and S. Nadolski, "NMR as a Tool in Structural Studies of Modern Magnetic Materials," Reidel, Hinghmam, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series E, 335, 253 (1997).

210.  R. Kimmich, "NMR: Topography, Diffusometry, Relaxometry," Springer Verlag, NY, 1997.

211.  C.B. Lemaster, "NMR Spectroscopy of Molecules in the Gas Phase," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 31, 119 (1997).

212.  X.-A. Mao, "Physical Aspects of NMR," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. C, 93, 289 (1997).

213.  M. Mcgregor, "NMR Spectroscopy," in "Handbook of Instrumental Techniques for Analytical Chemistry," F.A. Settle, Ed., Prentice-Hall, NJ, 1997, p. 309.

214.  M. Mehring and G. Wackerle, "Magnetic Resonance with Gas-Phase Atoms," Adv. Magn. Opt. Reson., 20, 67 (1997).

215.  A. Webb, "Radiofrequency Microcoils in Magnetic Resonance," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 31, 1 (1997).

216.  S. Braun, H.-O. Kalinowski, and S. Berger, "150 and More Basic NMR Experiments: A Practical Course," 2nd expanded ed., Wiley/VCH, NY, 1998.

217.  I.J. Colquhoun and M. Lees, "NMR Spectroscopy," in "Analytical Methods in Food Authentication," P.R. Ashurst and M.J. Dennis, Eds., Blackie, London, 1998, p. 36.

218.  B.W.K. Diehl, "Multinuclear High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," in "Lipid Analysis in Oils Fats," R.J. Hamilton, Ed., Blackie, London, 1998, p. 87.

219.  S. Divakar, "NMR Spectroscopy in Food Applications: A Critical Appraisal," J. Food Sci. Technol., 35, 469 (1998).

220.  J.B. Lambert, H.F. Shurvell, D.A. Lightner, and R.G. Cooks, "Organic Structural Spectroscopy," Prentice-Hall, NJ, 1998.

221.  R.S. Macomber, "Complete Introduction to Modern NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 1998.

222.  M.J. Shapiro and J.R. Wareing, "NMR Methods in Combinatorial Chemistry," Curr. Opinion Chem. Biol., 2, 372 (1998).

223.  K. Tompa, "NMR in Geosciences," in "Nuclear Methods in Mineralogy and Geology: Techniques and Applications," A. Vertes, S. Nagy, and K. Suvegh, Eds., Plenum Press, NY, 1998.

224.  E.D. Becker, "High Resolution NMR: Theory and Chemical Applications," 3rd ed., Academic Press, NY, 1999.

225.  J. Belloque and M. Ramos, "Application of NMR Spectroscopy to Milk and Dairy Products," Trends Food Sci. Technol., 10, 313 (1999).

226.  P.S. Belton, B.P. Hills, and G.A. Webb, Eds, "Advances in Magnetic Resonance in Food Science," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 1999, Special Publication of Royal Society of Chemistry, No. 231.

227.  G.W. Buchanan, "NMR Studies of Crown Ethers," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 34, 327 (1999).

228.  A. Chen and M.J. Shapiro, "Affinity NMR," Anal. Chem., 71, 669A (1999).

229.  T.D.W. Claridge, "High-Resolution NMR Techniques in Organic Chemistry," Pergamon Press, NY, 1999.

230.  S.B. Duckett and C.J. Sleigh, "Applications of the Para Hydrogen Phenomenon: a Chemical Perspective," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 34, 71 (1999).

231.  R. Freeman, "Pioneers of High-Resolution NMR," Concepts Magn. Reson., 11, 61 (1999).

232.  H. Friebolin, "Basic One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," 3rd ed., Wiley/VCH, NY, 1999.

233.  J.H. Kristensen, H. Bilds¿e, H.J. Jakobsen, and N.C. Nielsen, "Application of Lie Algebra to NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 34, 1 (1999).

234.  M.E. Lacey, R. Subramanian, D.L. Olson, A.G. Webb, and J.V. Sweedler, "High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy of Sample Volumes from 1 nL to 10 mL," Chem. Rev., 99, 3133 (1999).

235.  G.J. Martin and M.L. Martin, "Thirty Years of Flavor Chemistry," in "Flavor Chemistry: 30 Years of Progress," R. Teranishi, E.L. Wick,  and I. Hornstein, Eds., Kluwer, Boston, MA, 1999, p. 18.

236.  H. Pfeifer, "A Short History of NMR Spectroscopy and of Its Early Years in Germany," Magn. Reson. Chem., 37, S154 (1999).

237.  J.W. Rathke, R.J. Klingler, R.E. Gerald, D.E. Fremgen, K. Woelk, S. Gaemers, and C.J. Elsevier, "NMR Spectroscopy in Supercritical Fluids," in "Chemical Synthesis Using Supercritical Fluids," P.G. Jessop and W. Leitner, Eds., Wiley, NY, 1999, p. 165.

238.  R.R. Ruan and P.L. Chen, "NMR Techniques in Cereal Chemistry Research," Curr. Top. Cereal Chem., 2, 1 (1999).

239.  B.A. Salvatore, "Physical Methods and Techniques. NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. B, 95, 395  (1999).

240.  M.J. Shapiro and J.S. Gounarides, "NMR Methods Utilized in Combinatorial Chemistry Research," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 35, 153 (1999).

241.  G. Vlahov, "Application of NMR to the Study of Olive Oils," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 35, 341 (1999).

242.  J. Jonas, "High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy at High Pressure," in "High Pressure Molecular Science," R. Winter and J. Jonas, Eds., Kluwer, Boston, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series E, 358, 231 (1999).

243.  Various authors, "NMR in Supramolecular Chemistry," Kluwer, Boston, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 526 (1999).

244.  J.W. Akitt and B.E. Mann, "NMR and Chemistry: An Introduction to Modern NMR Spectroscopy," 4th ed., Stanley Thornes Publishing Ltd., London, 2000.

245.  P.J. Barrie, "Characterization of Porous Media Using NMR Methods," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 41, 265 (2000).

246.  E.D. Becker, "High Resolution NMR: Theory and Chemical Applications," 3rd ed., Academic Press, NY, 2000.

247.  S. Duckett and B. Gilbert, "Foundations of Spectroscopy," Oxford University Press, NY, 2000.

248.  L. Ernst, "NMR Studies of Cyclophanes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 37, 47 (2000).

249.  C. Halkides and C.K. McClure, "NMR Spectroscopic Methods," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. B, 96, 497 (2000).

250.  P.J. Hore, J.A. Jones, and S. Wimperis, "NMR: The Toolkit," Oxford University Press, NY, 2000.

251.  J. Iggo, "NMR Spectroscopy in Inorganic Chemistry," Oxford University Press, NY, 2000.

252.  J.B. Lambert, C.E. Shawl, and J.A. Stearns, "NMR in Archaeology," Chem. Soc. Rev., 29, 175 (2000).

253.  J. Mohan, "Organic Spectroscopy: Principles & Applications," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2000, Ch. 4.

254.  J.D. Roberts, "ABCs of FT-NMR," University Science Books, Mill Valley, CA, 2000.

255.  R. Rothchild, "NMR Methods for Determination of Enantiomeric Excess," Enantiomer, 5, 457 (2000).

256.  B.C. Sanctuary, "Structure Determination by NMR Spectroscopy," in "Evolutionary Algorithms in Molecular Design," D.E. Clark, Ed., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2000.  Methods and Principles in Medicinal Chemistry, 8, 195 (2000).

257.  M.J. Shapiro, "NMR Methods," in "Analytical Techniques in Combinatorial Chemistry," M.E. Swartz, Ed., Marcel Dekker, NY, 2000, p. 77.

258.  J.J. Van der Klink and H.B. Brom, "NMR in Metals, Metal Particles and Metal Cluster Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 36, 89 (2000).

259.  K. Asayama, Y. Kitaoka, G-q. Zheng, K. Ishida, and Y. Tokunaga, "NMR Study of Strongly Correlated Superconductors," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 44, 76 (2001).

260.  S.J. Glaser, "NMR Quantum Computing," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 40, 147 (2001).

261.  J.A.N. Gomes, "Aromaticity and Ring Currents," Chem. Rev., 101, 1349 (2001).

262.  C. Griesinger, "NMR Spectroscopy as a Tool for the Detemination of Structure and Dynamics of Molecules," in "Essays in Contemporary Chemistry," G. Quinkert and M.V. Kisakuerek, Eds., Verlag Helvetica Chimica Acta, Zurich, Switzerland, 2001, p. 35.

263.  X. Han, Z. Yan, W. Zhang, and X. Bao, "Applications of in Situ NMR in Catalytic Processes of Organic Reactions," Curr. Org. Chem., 5, 1017 (2001).

264.  R.K. Harris, E.D. Backer, S.M. Cabral De Menezes, R. Goodfellow, and P. Granger, "NMR Nomenclature. Nuclear Spin Properties and Conventions for Chemical Shifts (IUPAC Recommendations 2001)," Pure Appl. Chem., 73, 1795 (2001).

265.  J. Higinbotham and I. Marshall, "NMR Lineshapes and Lineshape Fitting Procedures," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 43, 59 (2001).

266.  J.A. Jones, "NMR Quantum Computation," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 38, 325 (2001).

267.  J. Kauppinen and J. Partanen, "Fourier Transforms in Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 2001.

268.  F.H. Kohler, "Probing Spin Densities by Use of NMR Spectroscopy," in "Magnetism: Molecules to Materials," J.S. Miler and M. Drillon, Eds., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2001, p. 379.

269.  M.H. Levitt, "Spin Dynamics: Basics of NMR," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2001.

270.  M.  Mehring and V.A. Weberruss, "Object-Oriented Magnetic Resonance: Classes & Objects, Calculations & Computations," Academic Press, NY, 2001.

271.  R.H. Mitchell, "Measuring Aromaticity by NMR," Chem. Rev., 101, 1301 (2001).

272.  N. Nestle, A. Schaff, and W.S. Veeman, "Mechanically Detected NMR, an Evaluation of the Applicability for Chemical Investigations," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 38, 1 (2001).

273.  D.L. Rabenstein, "NMR Spectroscopy: Past and Present," Anal. Chem., 73, 214A (2001).

274.  K. Saito, K. Kanehashi, and I. Komaki, "Applications of NMR Techniques to Coal Science," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 44, 23 (2001).

275.  C. Schorn, "NMR Spectroscopy: Data Acquisition," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2001.

276.  G.A. Webb, "Magnetic Resonance in Food Science: a View to the Future," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2001.

277.  D.E. Woessner, "Early Days of NMR in the Southwest," Concepts Magn. Reson., 13, 77 (2001).

278.  C. Zhao and T. Asakura, "Structure of Silk Studied with NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 39, 301 (2001).

279.  K. Albert, Ed., "On-Line LC-NMR and Related Techniques," Wiley, NY, 2002.

280.  E. Alberti, P.S. Belton, and A.M. Gil, "Applications of NMR to Food Science," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 47, 109 (2002).

281.  E. Breitmaier, "Structure Elucidation by NMR in Organic Chemistry: A Practical Guide," 3rd ed., Wiley, NY, 2002.

282.  C. Halkides and W.R. Thomas, "NMR Spectroscopic Methods," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. B, 98, 639 (2002).

283.  L. Helm and A.E. Merbach, "Applications of Advanced Experimental Techniques: High Pressure NMR & Computer Simulations," J. Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans., 633 (2002).

284.  T.N. Huckerby, "Keratan Sulfates: Structural Investigations Using NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 40, 35 (2002).

285.  R. Laflamme and D. Cory, "NMR Quantum Information Processing and Entanglement," Quantum Inf. Comput., 2, 166 (2002).

286.  S.L. Maunu, "NMR Studies of Wood and Wood Products," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 40, 151 (2002).

287.  M. Menzel and B. BlŸmich, "NMR: Still Listening to Whispering Hydrogens? What Else Do They Tell Us Fifty Years After Their Discovery?, Spectrosc. Eur., 14, 12 (2002).

288.  A.G. Webb, "Temperature Measurements Using NMR," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 45, 1 (2002).

289.  A.M. Wolters, D.A. Jayawickrama, and J.V. Sweedler, "Microscale NMR," Curr. Opinion Chem. Biol., 6, 217 (2002).

290.  P.S. Belton, A.M. Gil, G.A. Webb, and D. Rutledge, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance in Food Science: Latest Developments," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2003.

291.  D.L. Bryce and R.E. Wasylishen, "Microwave Spectroscopy & NMR Spectroscopy-What is the Connection," Acc. Chem. Res., 36, 27 (2003).

292.  R. Freeman, "Beg, Borrow or Steal. Finding Ideas for New NMR Experiments," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 17, 71 (2003).

293.  G. Gauglitz and T. Vo-Dinh, Eds., "Handbook of Spectroscopy," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2003, Vols. 1&2.

294.  T.S. May, "New High-Throughput NMR," Targets, 2, 39 (2003).

295.  J.H. Nelson, "NMR Spectroscopy", Pearson/Prentice Hall, NJ, 2003.  Answer key available.

296.  N. Ogrinc, I.J. Kosir, J.E. Spangenberg, and J. Kidric, "Application of NMR and MS Methods for the Detection of Adulteration of Wine, Fruit Juices, and Olive Oil. A Review," Anal. Bioanal. Chem., 376, 424 (2003).

297.  Y. Sasanuma, "Intramolecular Interactions of Polyethers and Polysulfides, Investigated by NMR, Ab Initio MO Calculations, and Rotational Isomeric State Scheme: An Advanced Analysis of NMR Data," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 49, 213 (2003).

298.  E.M.V. Silva, "Advantages and Disadvantages of NMR Spectroscopy as a Hyphenated Technique," Anal. Chim. Acta, 497, 1 (2003).

299.  T.J. Wenzel and J.D. Wilcox, "Chiral Reagents for the Determination of Enantiomeric Excess and Absolute Configuration Using NMR Spectroscopy," Chirality, 15, 256 (2003).

300.  S. Berger and S. Braun, "200 and More NMR Experiments: A Practical Course," 3rd ed., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2004.

301.  L. Damoense, M. Datt, M. Green, and C. Steenkamp, "Recent Advances in High-Pressure IR and NMR Techniques for the Determination of Catalytically Active Species in Rhodium- and Cobalt-Catalyzed Hydroformylation Reactions," Coord. Chem. Rev., 248, 2393 (2004).

302.  S. Das, "NMR Spectroscopy," Resonance, 9, 34 (2004).

303.  C. Dwyer, H. Assumption, J. Coetzee, C. Crause, L. Damoense, and M. Kirk, "Hydroformylation Studies Using High Pressure NMR Spectroscopy," Coord. Chem. Rev., 248, 653 (2004).

304.  L. Ernst and K. Ibrom, "NMR Spectra of Cyclophanes," in "Modern Cyclophane Chemistry," R. Gleiter and H. Hopf, Eds., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2004, p. 381.

305.  J.B. Lambert and E.P. Mazzola, "NMR Spectroscopy: Introduction to Principles, Applications & Experimental Methods," Pearson/Prentice Hall, NJ, 2004.  Answer key available.

306.  G. Madelin, N. Baril, J.D. de Certaines, J.-M. Franconi, and E. Thiaudire, "NMR Characterization of Mechanical Waves, " Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 53, 203 (2004).

307.  D. Raftery, "High-Throughput NMR Spectroscopy," Anal. Bioanal. Chem., 378, 1403 (2004).

308.  C. Schorn, "NMR Spectroscopy: Data Acquisition," 2nd ed., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2004.

309.  J.M. Seco, E. Qui–o‡, and R. Riguera, "The Assignment of Absolute Configuration by NMR," Chem. Rev., 104, 17 (2004).

310.  A. Suter, "The Magnetic Resonance Force Microscope," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 45, 239 (2004).

311.  T.M. Alam and M.K. Alam, "Chemometric Analysis of NMR Spectroscopy Data: A Review," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 54, 41 (2005).

312.  A. Bagno, F. Rastrelli, and G. Saielli, "NMR Techniques for the Investigation of Solvation Phenomena and Noncovalent Interactions, "Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 47, 41 (2005).

313.  M. Balci, "Basic 1H- and 13C-NMR Spectroscopy," Elsevier, NY, 2005.

314.  B. BlŸmich, "Essential NMR for Scientists and Engineers," Springer Verlag, NY, 2005.

315.  H. Friebolin, "Basic One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," 4th ed., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2005.

316.  C.A. Hunter, M.K. Packer, and C. Zonta, "From Structure to Chemical Shift and vice-versa," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 47, 27 (2005).

317.  J.W. Jaroszewski, "Hyphenated NMR Methods in Natural Products Research. Part 1. Direct Hyphenation," Planta Med., 71, 691 (2005).

318.  J.W. Jaroszewski, "Hyphenated NMR Methods in Natural Products Research. Part 2. HPLC-SPE-NMR and Other New Trends in NMR Hyphenation," Planta Med., 71, 795 (2005).

319.  A. Jerschow, "From Nuclear Structure to the Quadrupolar NMR Interaction and High-Resolution Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 46, 63 (2005).

320.  J. Keeler, "Understanding NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 2005.

321.  G.E. Martin, "Small-Volume and High-Sensitivity NMR Probes," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 56, 205 (2005).

322.  C. Mayer, "NMR Studies of Nanoparticles," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 55, 205 (2005).

323.  M. Mesilaakso and A. Niederhauser, "NMR Spectroscopy in Analysis of Chemicals Related to the Chemical Weapons Convention," in "Chemical Weapons Convention Chemicals Analysis," M. Mesilaakso, Ed., Wiley, NY, 2005, p. 321.

324.  J. Mohan, "Organic Spectroscopy: Principles & Applications," 2nd ed., Alpha Science International, Ltd., 2005, Ch. 4 (ISBN 978-1842651926).

325.  S. Szymanski and P. Bernatowicz, "The Symmetrization Postulate of Quantum Mechanics in NMR Spectra," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 54, 1 (2005).

326.  C.R. Yonker and J.C. Linehan, "Use of Supercritical Fluids as Solvents for NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 47, 95 (2005).

327.  R.W. Darbeau, "NMR Spectroscopy: A Review and a Look at Its Use as a Probative Tool in Deamination Chemistry," Appl. Spectrosc. Rev., 41, 401 (2006).

328.  J. Dolinsek, M. Vilfan, S. Zumer, Eds., "Novel NMR and EPR Techniques," Springer Verlag, NY, 2006 (Lecture Notes in Physics).

329.  S.B. Engelsen, P.S. Belton, and H.J. Jakobsen, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance in Food Science: Multivariate Challenge," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2006.

330.  T. Fujiwara and A. Ramamoorthy, "How Far Can the Sensitivity of NMR be Increased?," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 58, 155 (2006).

331.  B.P. Hills, "Applications of Low-Field NMR to Food Science," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 58, 177 (2006).

332.  J. Mitchell, P. BlŸmler, and P.J. McDonald, "Spatially Resolved NMR Studies of Planar Samples," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 48, 161 (2006).

333.  C. Odin, "NMR Studies of Phase Transitions," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 59, 117 (2006).

334.  I. Pelczer, "NMR in Ligand Screening: Theory, Methods, and Applications," Oxford University Press, NY, 2006.

335.  F.C. Schroeder and M. Gronquist, "Extending the Scope of NMR Spectroscopy with Microcoil Probes," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 45, 7122 (2006).

336.  G.A. Webb, Ed., "Modern Magnetic Resonance," Springer Verlag, NY, 2006 (three volumes).

337.  A. Bagno and G. Saielli, "Computational NMR Spectroscopy: Reversing the Information Flow," Theor. Chem. Acta, 117, 603 (2007).

338.  J. Bargon and L.T. Kuhn, Eds., "In Situ NMR Methods in Catalysis," Top. Curr. Chem., 276 (2007).

339.  G. Bifulco, P. Dambruoso, L. Gomez-Paloma, and R. Riccio, "Determination of Relative Configuration in Organic Compounds by NMR Spectroscopy and Computational Methods," Chem. Rev., 107, 3744 (2007).

340.  S. Caldarelli, "Chromatographic NMR: A Tool for the Analysis of Mixtures of Small Molecules," Magn. Reson. Chem., 45, S48 (2007).

341.  P. Carretta and A. Lascialfari, Eds., "NMR-MRI, mSR and Mšssbauer Spectroscopies in Molecular Magnets and Magnetic Nanoparticles," Springer Verlag, NY, 2007.

342.  J.W. Emsley and J. Feeney, "Forty Years of Progress in NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 50, 179 (2007).

343.  M. Edgar, "Physical Methods and Techniques: NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sec. B: Org. Chem., 103, 331 (2007).

344.  L. Ernst, "Recent Advances in NMR Studies of Cyclophanes," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 60, 77 (2007).

345.  I. Farhat, G.A. Webb, and P.S. Belton, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance in Food Science: From Molecules to Man," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2007, Special Publication of Royal Society of Chemistry, No. 231.

346.  J.A. Iggo, J. Liu, and Y.Z. Khimyak, "NMR Spectroscopy of Inorganic/Organometallic Molecules," in "Applications of Physical Methods to Inorganic and Bioinorganic Chemistry," R.A. Scott and C.M. Lukehart, Eds., Wiley, NY, 2007, p. 315.

347.  R.A. Izydore, "Fundamentals of NMR Spectroscopy," Durham Eagle Press, Durham, NC, 2007.

348.  N.E. Jacobsen, "NMR Spectroscopy Explained: Simplified Theory, Applications and Examples for Organic Chemistry and Structural Biology," Wiley, NY 2007.

349.  P.A. Keifer, "Flow Techniques in NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 62, 1 (2007).

350.  J.-S. Lee and A.K. Khitrin, "NMR Quantum Toys," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 30, 194 (2007).

351.  D.A. Lindhout, S.A. McKenna, C.E. Aitken, C.W. Liu, and J.D. Puglisi, "PKR: A NMR Perspective," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 51, 199 (2007).

352.  T.C. Pochapsky and S.S. Pochapsky, "NMR for Physical and Biological Scientists," Garland Science/Taylor & Francis, NY, 2007.

353.  D. Rovnyak and R.A. Stockland, Jr., Eds., "Modern NMR in Undergraduate Education," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 2007, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 969.

354.  J.A. Santiago-Blay and J.B. Lambert, "Amber's Botanical Origins Revealed," Am. Sci., 95, 150 (2007).

355.  T.J. Wenzel, "Discrimination of Chiral Compounds Using NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 2007.

356.  R.J. Abraham and M. Mobli, "Modelling 1H NMR Spectra of Organic Componds: Theory, Applications, and NMR Prediction Software," Wiley, NY, 2008 (ISBN 0-470-72301-7).

357.  B. BlŸmich, J. Perlo, and F. Casanova, "Mobile Single-Sided NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 52, 197 (2008).

358.  T.D.W. Claridge, "High-Resolution NMR Techniques in Organic Chemistry," 2nd ed., Elsevier, NY, 2008 (ISBN 0-080-54818-0).

359.  S. Delbaere and G. Vermeersch, "NMR Spectroscopy Applied to Photochromism Investigations," J. Photochem. Photobiol. C, 9, 61 (2008).

360.  M. Edgar, "Physical Methods and Techniques: NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sec. B: Org. Chem., 104, 312 (2008).

361.  S.L. Eldridge, A.K. Korir, C.E. Merrywell, and C.K. Larive, "Hyphenated Chromatogaphic  Techniques in NMR Spectroscopy," Adv. Chromatogr., 46, 351 (2008).

362.  A.J. Horsewill, "Quantum Tunnelling in the Hydrogen Bond," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 52, 170 (2008).

363.  J. Kidric, "NMR Study of Beverages," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 64, 161 (2008).

364.  M.H. Levitt, "Spin Dynamics: Basics of NMR," 2nd ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2008.

365.  J. McEntee, "Snapshots from the NMR Frontier," Chem. World, 5(5), 56 (2008).

366.  B. Newling, "Gas Flow Measurements by NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 52, 31 (2008).

367.  S.M. Pascal, "NMR Primer: An HSQC-Based Approach (with Vector Animations)," IM-Publications, 2008 (ISBN 1-901-01908-X).

368.  N.F. Ramsey, "Magnetic Resonance Contributions to Other Sciences, Adv. Quantum Chem., 53, 1 (2008).

369.  J.N. Shoolery, "A Basic Guide to NMR," 3rd ed., StanÕs Library, Vol. II, 2008, DOI 10.3247/sl2nmr08.012.

370.  H.W. Spiess, "NMR Spectroscopy: Pushing the Limit of Sensitivity," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 47, 639 (2008).

371.  L. Tavel, E. Guichard, and C. Moreau, "Contribution of NMR Spectroscopy to Flavour Release and Perception," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 64, 173 (2008).

372.  S.Veeraraghavan, "NMR Spectroscopy and Its Value: A Primer," J. Chem. Educ., 85, 537 (2008).

373.  R. Akkurt, H.N. Bachman, C.C. Minh, C. Flaum, J. LaVigne, R. Leveridge, R. Carmona, S. Crary, E. Decoster, N. Heaton, M.D. Hurlimann, W.J. Looyestijn, D. Mardon, and J. White, "NMR Comes Out of Its Shell," Oilfield Rev., 20, 4 (2009).

374.  E.R. Andrew, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Cambridge University Press, NY, 2009 (ISBN 978-0521114332).

375.  M. Aursand, E. Veliyulin, I.B. Standal, E. Falch, I.G. Aursand, and U. Ericson, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," in "Fishery Products," H. Rehbein and J. OehlenschlŠger, Eds., Wiley, NY, 2009, p. 252.

376.  V.I. Bakhmutov, "NMR Spectrometry," in "Encyclopedia of Applied Spectroscopy," D.L. Andrews, Ed., Wiley, NY, 2009, p. 933.

377.  S. Berger and D. Sicker, "Classics in NMR: Understanding Spectra of Natural Products," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2009 (ISBN 3-527-32516-6).

378.  F. Capozzi and M.A. Cremonini, "NMR Spectroscopy in Food Analysis," in "Handbook of Food Analysis Instruments," S. Otles, Ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2009, p. 281.

379.  M. Edgar, "Physical Methods and Techniques: NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sec. B: Org. Chem., 105, 340 (2009).

380.  J. Fraissard and O. Lapina, "Explosives Detection Using Magnetic and Nuclear Resonance Techniques," Wiley, NY, 2009 (ISBN 978-9048130610).

381.  J. Fršlich, "NMR Spectroscopy: Intelligent Data Management," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2009 (ISBN 3-527-28859-7).  Cancelled.

382.  A.M. Gi and J. Rodrigues, "Methods for the Characterization of Beer by NMR Spectroscopy," in "Beer in Health and Disease Prevention," V.R. Preedy, Ed., Elsevier, NY, 2009, p. 935.

383.  J. Griffiths, "NMR's Got Sole," Anal. Chem., 81, 1725 (2009).

384.  M. Gudjonsdottir, P.S. Belton, and G.A. Webb, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance in Food Science: Challenges in a Changing World," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2009 (ISBN 978-0854041176).

385.  P.E. Hansen, Z. Rozwadowski, and T. Dziembowska, "NMR Studies of Hydroxy Schiff Bases," Curr. Org. Chem., 13, 194 (2009).

386.  R.K. Harris, R.E. Wasylishen, and M.J. Duer, Eds., "NMR Crystallography," Wiley, NY, 2009 (ISBN 978-0-470-69961-4).

387.  J.L. Markley, A. Bahrami, H.R. Eghbalnia, F.C. Peterson, R.C. Tyler, E.L. Ulrich, W.M. Wrestler, and B.F. Volkman, "Macromolecular Structure Determination by NMR," in "Structural Bioinformatics," 2nd ed., J. Gu and P.E. Bourne, Eds., Wiley, NY, 2009, p. 93.

388.  A. Mohoric and J. Stepisnik, "NMR in the Earth's Magnetic Field," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 54, 166 (2009).

389.  O.V. Petrov and I. Furo, "NMR Cryoporometry: Principles, Applications and Potential," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 54, 97 (2009).

390.  J.S. Waugh, "Sixty Years of Nuclear Moments," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 60, 1 (2009).

391.  B. Wrackmeyer, "Guide to Multinuclear Magnetic Resonance," Wiley, NY, 2009 (ISBN 3-527-30505-X).  Cancelled.

392.  G.A. Aucar, R.H. Romero, and A.F. Maldonado, "Polarization Propagators: A Powerful Theoretical Tool for Deeper Understanding of NMR Spectroscopic Parameters," Int. Rev. Phys. Chem., 29, 1 (2010).

393.  S. Di Micco, M.G. Chini, R. Riccio, and G. Bifulco, "Quantum Mechanical Calculation of NMR Parameters in the Stereostructural Determination of Natural Products," Eur. J. Org. Chem., 1411 (2010).

394.  M. Edgar, "Physical Methods and Techniques: NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sec. B: Org. Chem., 106, 325 (2010).

395.  P.T. Eles and C.A. Michal, "Two-Photon Excitation in Nuclear Magnetic and Quadrupole Resonance," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 56, 232 (2010).

396.  M.V.S. Elipe, "LC/NMR and LC/MS/NMR," in "Encyclopedia of Chromatography," 3rd ed., J. Cazes, Ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2010, Vol. 2., p. 1337.

397.  S. Ghosh, "NMR for Process Industries," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2010 (ISBN 978-1439800843).

398.  E. Harel, "Lab-on-a-Chip Detection by Magnetic Resonance Methods," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 57, 293 (2010).

399.  J. Keeler, "Understanding NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., Wiley, NY, 2010 (ISBN 978-0470746097).

400.  L. Mannia and A.L. Segre, "NMR and Olive Oils: a Geographical Characterization," in "Olives and Olive Oil in Health and Disease Prevention," V.R. Preedy and R.R. Watson, Eds., Elsevier, NY, 2010,  p. 117.

401.  L. Mannia and A.L. Segre, "NMR and Olive Oils: a Characterization According to the Cultivar," in "Olives and Olive Oil in Health and Disease Prevention," V.R. Preedy and R.R. Watson, Eds., Elsevier, NY, 2010, p. 125.

402.  J.B.W. Webber, "Studies of Nano-Structured Liquids in Confined Geometries and at Surfaces," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 56, 78 (2010).

403.  M.R. Alonso-salces, J.M. Moreno-rojas, M.V. Holland, and C. Guillou, "Authentication of Virgin Olive Oil Using NMR and Fingerprinting Techniques," Nova Science Publishing Inc., 2011 (ISBN 978-1611223095).

404.  A.D. Bain and B. Berno, "Liouvillians in NMR: the Direct Method Revisited," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 59, 223 (2011).

405.  P. Belton and F. Capozzi, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance in Food: Dealing with Complex Systems," Magn. Reson. Chem., 49 (Special Issue Supplement S1), S1-S134 (2011).

406.  E.E. Burnell and C.A. de Lange, Eds., "NMR of Ordered Liquids," Springer Verlag, NY, 2011 (ISBN 978-9048163052).

407.  S. Caldarelli, "Chromatographic NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 73, 159 (2011).

408.  F. Casanova, J. Perlo, and B. BlŸmich, Eds., "Single-Sided NMR," Springer Verlag, NY, 2011 (ISBN 978-3642163067).

409.  M. Edgar, "Physical Methods and Techniques: NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sec. B: Org. Chem., 107, 308 (2011).

410.  M.E. Elyashberg, A. Williams, and K. Blinov, "Contemporary Computer-Assisted Approaches to Molecular Structure Elucidation," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2011 (New Developments in NMR, 1; ISBN 978-1849734325).

411.  H. Friebolin, "Basic One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," 5th ed., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2011 (ISBN 978-3527327829).

412.  E.H. Hardy, "NMR Methods for the Investigation of Structure and Transport," Springer Verlag, NY, 2011.

413.  U. Holzgrabe and M. Malet-Martino, "Analytical Challenges in Drug Counterfeiting and Falsification: The NMR Approach," J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal., 55, 679 (2011).

414.  J.A. Jones, "Quantum Computing with NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 59, 91 (2011).

415.  B. Luy, "Towards Portable High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 50, 354 (2011).

416.  S.A. Richards and J.C. Hollerton, "Essential Practical NMR for Organic Chemistry," Wiley, NY, 2011 (ISBN 978-0470710920).

417.  Z. Rozwadowski, "NMR Studies of Optically Active Schiff Bases," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 74, 125 (2011).

418.  M.V. Silva Elipe, "LC-NMR and Other Hyphenated NMR Techniques: Overview and Applications," Wiley, NY, 2011 (ISBN 978-0470548349).

419.  K. Takeda, "Highly Customized NMR Systems Using an Open-Resource, Home-Built Spectrometer," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 74, 355 (2011).

420.  T.J. Wenzel and C.D. Chisholm, "Using NMR Methods to Determine Enantiomeric Purity and Assign Absolute Stereochemistry," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 59, 1 (2011).

421.  T.J. Wenzel and J.D. Wilcox, "Assignment of Absolute Configuration Using Chiral Reagents and NMR Spectroscopy," Chirality, 23, 190 (2011).

422.  D. Capitani, V. Di Tullio, and N. Proietti, "NMR to Characterize and Monitor Cultural Heritage," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 64, 29 (2012).

423.  M. Edgar, "Physical Methods and Techniques: NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sec. B: Org. Chem., 108, 292 (2012).

424.  U. Erikson, I.B. Standal, I.G. Aursand, E. Veliyulin, and M. Aursand, "Use of NMR in Fish Processing Optimization: a Recent Review of Progress," Magn. Reson. Chem., 50, 471 (2012).

425.  R.K. Harris and R.E. Wasylishen, Eds., "Encyclopedia of NMR," Wiley, NY, 2012 (ten volumes; ISBN 978-0-470-05821-3).

426.  M. Jaszunski, A. Antusek, P. Garbacz, K. Jackowski, W. Makulski, and M. Wilczek, "Determination of Accurate Nuclear Magnetic Dipole Moments and Direct Measurement of NMR Shielding Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 67, 49 (2012).

427.  M.H. Levitt, "Singlet NMR," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 63, 89 (2012).

428.  J.M. Seco, E. Quinoa, and R. Riguera, "Assignment of Absolute Configuration of Polyfuctional Compounds by NMR Using Chiral Derivatizing Agents," Chem. Rev., 112, 4603 (2012).

429.  A. Spyros and P. Dais, "NMR Spectroscopy in Food Analysis," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2012 (RSC Food Analysis Monographs, P.S. Belton and R. Wood, Eds.; ISBN 978-1849731751).

430.  A. Webb, "Increasing the Sensitivity of Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy and Imaging," Anal. Chem., 84, 9 (2012).

431.  T. Asakura, Y. Suzuki, Y. Nakazawa, K. Yazawa, G.P. Holland, and J.L. Yarger, "Silk Structure Studied by Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 69, 23 (2013).

432.  R.H. Contreras, Ed., "High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy: Understanding Molecules and Their Electronic Structures, Volume 3," Elsevier, NY, 2013 (ISBN 978-0444494112).

433.  H. Desvaux, "Non-Linear Liquid-State NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 70, 50 (2013).

434.  M. Edgar, "Physical Methods and Techniques: NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sec. B: Org. Chem., 109, 256 (2013).

435.  T.M. Ferreira, D. Bernin, and D. Topgaard, "NMR Studies of Nonionic Surfactants," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 79, 73 (2013).

436.  S. Ghosh, "NMR Primer," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2013 (ISBN 978-439800799).

437.  B. Gierczyk, "NMR Studies of Crown Ether-Cyclodextrin Complexes," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 80, 1 (2013).

438.  N.C. Gonnella, "LC-NMR: Expanding the Limits of Structure Elucidation," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2013 (ISBN 978-1439875063).

439.  H. GŸnther, "NMR Spectroscopy: Basic Principles, Concepts, and Applications," 3rd ed., Wiley, NY, 2013 (ISBN 978-3527330003).

440.  O.H. Han, "NMR Investigations on Electrochemical Reactions of Low Temperature Fuel Cells Operating in Acidic Conditions," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 72, 1 (2013).

441.  H. Heise and S. Matthews, Eds., "Modern NMR Methodology," Top. Curr. Chem., 335 (2013) (ISBN 978-3642379907).

442.  L.T. Kuhn, Ed., "Hyperpolarization Methods in NMR Spectroscopy," Top. Curr. Chem., 338 (2013) (ISBN 978-3642397271).

443.  E. Kupce, "NMR with Multiple Receivers," Top. Curr. Chem., 335, 71 (2013).

444.  D.A. Sathyanarayana, "Introduction to Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: ESR, NMR, NQR," 2nd ed., I.K. International Publishing House, 2013.

445.  D. Soulsby, L.J. Anna, and A.S. Wallner, Eds., "NMR Spectroscopy in the Undergraduate Curriculum," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 2013, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 1128 (ISBN 978-0841227941).

446.  A.B. Uryupin and A.S. Peregudov, "Application of NMR Techniques to the Determination of the Composition of Tobacco, Coffee, and Tea Products," J. Anal. Chem., 68, 1021 (2013).

447.  J. van Duynhoven, E. van Velzen, and D.M. Jacobs, "Quantification of Complex Mixtures by NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 80, 181 (2013).

448.  A. Williams and G. Martin, Eds., "Modern NMR Approaches for the Structure Elucidation of Natural Products: Volume 1," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2013.

449.  A. Williams and G. Martin, Eds., "Applications of Modern NMR Approaches to the Structure Elucidation of Natural Products: Volume 2," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2013.

450.  C. Bonhomme, C. Gervais, and D. Laurencin, "Recent NMR Developments Applied to Organic-Inorganic Materials," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 77, 1 (2014).

451.  V.I. Chizhik, Y.S. Chernyshev, A.V. Donets, V.V. Frolov, A.V. Komolkin, and M.G. Shelyapina, "Magnetic Resonance and Its Applications," Springer Verlag, NY, 2014 (ISBN 978-3319052984).

452.  M. Findeisen and S. Berger, "50 and More Essential NMR Experiments: a Detailed Guide," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2014 (ISBN 978-3-527-33483-4).

453.  M. Jaeger and R.L.E.G. Aspers, "Covariance NMR and Small Molecule Applications," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 83, 271 (2014).

454.  C.L. Khetrapal, A. Kumar, and K.V. Ramanathan, Eds., "Future Directions of NMR," Springer, NY, 2014 (ISBN 978-8184899948).

455.  D. Krishnarao, Ed., "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR): Theory, Applications, and Technology," Nova Science Publications Inc., 2014 (ISBN 978-1631177682).

456.  C. Martineau, J. Senker, and F. Taulelle, "NMR Crystallography," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 82, 1 (2014).

457.  T. Szyperski and H.S. Atreya, "Projection NMR Spectroscopy: Theory & Application," World Scientific Publ. Co., NJ, 2014 (ISBN 978-9814327572).  Cancelled?

458.  I. Toumi, S. Caldarelli, and B. TorrŽsani, "A Review of Blind Source Separation in NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 81, 37 (2014).

459.  S.S. Zalesskiy, E. Danieli, B. BlŸmich, and V.P. Ananikov, "Miniaturization of NMR Systems: Desktop Spectrometers, Microcoil Spectroscopy, and 'NMR on a Chip' for Chemistry, Biochemistry, and Industry," Chem. Rev., 114, 5641 (2014).

460.  O. Zerbe and S. Jurt, "Applied NMR Spectroscopy for Chemists and Life Scientists," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2014 (ISBN 978-3-527-32775-1, hardcover).

461.  Various authors, "Section III, Methods 2: NMR," in "Handbook of Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., G. Gauglitz and D.S. Moore, Eds., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2014, Vol. 1, p. 183.  Chapters 7-10 provide brief introductions to solution, solid-state, imaging, and HR-MAS.

462.  V.I. Bakhmutov, "NMR Spectroscopy in Liquids and Solids," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2015 (ISBN 978-1482262704).

463.  A.J. Benesi, "A Primer of NMR Theory," Wiley, NY, 2015 (ISBN 978-1118588994).

464.  D. Capitani and N. Proietti, Eds., "NMR in Cultural Heritage," Magn. Reson. Chem., 53(1; Special Issue), (2015).

465.  C. Cobas, I.I. Fern‡ndez, and F.S. Otero, "NMR Data Visualization, Processing, and Analysis on Mobile Devices," Magn. Reson. Chem., 53(8), 558 (2015).

466.  J. Fisher, Ed., "Modern NMR Techniques for Synthetic Chemistry," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2015 (ISBN 978-1466592247).

467.  P.J. Hore, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," 2nd ed., Oxford University Press, NY, 2015 (ISBN 978-019870341-9).

468.  P.J. Hore, J.A. Jones, and S. Wimperis, "NMR: The Toolkit: How Pulse Sequences Work," 2nd ed., Oxford University Press, NY, 2015 (ISBN 978-0198703426).

469.  D. Kruk, "Understanding Spin Dynamics," Pan Stanford Publishing Pte. Ltd., Singapore, 2015 (ISBN 978-9814463492).

470.  Atta-Ur-Rahman, M.I. Choudhary, and A.T.-Wahab, "Solving Problems with NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., Academic Press, NY, 2015 (ISBN 978-0124115897).

471.  J.M. Seco, E. Quinoa, and R. Riguera, "The Assignment of Absolute Configuration by NMR Using Chiral Derivatizing Agents: a Practical Guide," Oxford University Press, NY, 2015 (ISBN 978-0-19-999680-3).

472.  A.J. Simpson, Ed., "Magnetic Resonance in Environmental Research," Magn. Reson. Chem., 53(9; Special Issue), (2015).

473.  C. Szantay, Jr., "Anthropic Awareness: The Human Aspects of Scientific Thinking in NMR Spectroscopy and Mass Spectrometry," Elsevier, NY, 2015 (ISBN 978-0124199637).

474.  S. Barhoum, S. Palit, and A. Yethiraj, "Diffusion NMR Studies of Macromolecular Complex Formation, Crowding and Confinement in Soft Materials," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 94-95, 1 (2016).

475.  M.A. Bernstein, Ed., "NMR for Reaction Monitoring: a Tool for Mechanistic Understanding and Control in Chemistry"; J.C. Edwards, Ed., "Benchtop NMR," Magn. Reson. Chem., 54(6; Special Double Issue), (2016).

476.  T.D.W. Claridge, "High-Resolution NMR Techniques in Organic Chemistry," 3rd ed., Elsevier, NY, 2016 (ISBN 978-0-080999867).

477.  D.P. Goldenberg, "Principles of NMR: An Illustrated Guide," University Science Books, CA, 2016 (ISBN 978-1-89-1389-88-7).

478.  V. G—mez-Calvario, M.L. Gardu–o-Ramirez, I. Le—n-Rivera, and M.Y. Rios, "1H and 13C NMR Data on Natural and Synthetic Capsaicinoids," Magn. Reson. Chem., 54(4), 268 (2016).

479.  K. Jackowski, M. Jaszunski, and W. Price, Eds., "Gas Phase NMR," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2016 (New Developments in NMR, 6; ISBN 978-1782621614).

480.  H. Kovacs and E. Kupce, "Parallel NMR Spectroscopy with Simultaneous Detection of 1H and 19F Nuclei," Magn. Reson. Chem., 54, 544 (2016).

481.  M. Oschatz, L. Borchardt, F. Hippauf, W. Nickel, S. Kaskel, and E. Brunner, "Interactions Between Electrolytes and Carbon-Based Materials: NMR Studies on Electrical Double-Layer Capacitors, Lithium-Ion Batteries, and Fuel Cells," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 87, 237 (2016).

482.  D. Soulsby, L.J. Anna, and A.S. Wallner, Eds., "NMR Spectroscopy in the Undergraduate Curriculum, Vol. 2," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 2016, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 1221 (ISBN 978-0841231382).

483.  C.F. Tormena, "Conformational Analysis of Small Molecules: NMR and Quantum Mechanics Calculations," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 96, 73 (2016).

484.  A.G. Webb, W. Price, and B. Balcom, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance Technology: Hardware and System Component Design," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2016 (New Developments in NMR, 7; ISBN 978-1782623595).

485.  A. Williams, G. Martin, and D. Rovnyak, Eds., "Modern NMR Approaches for the Structure Elucidation of Natural Products: Volume 1," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2016 (ISBN 978-1849733830).

486.  M. Bechmann and N. MŸller, "Nonlinear Effects in NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 92, 199 (2017).

487.  D. Belkic and K. Belkic, "Quantification in Signal Processing for Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2017 (ISBN 978-1584887744).

488.  P.A. Bottomley and J.R. Griffiths, Eds., "Handbook of in vivo Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 2017 (ISBN 978-1118997666).

489.  K.C. Brown, "Essential Mathematics for NMR and MRI Spectroscopists," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2017 (ISBN 978-1782627975).

490.  D. Burns, "Optimizing NMR Methods for Structure Elucidation: Characterizing Natural Products and Other Organic Compounds," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2017 (New Developments in NMR, xx; ISBN 978-1782625391).

491.  M. Dracinsky, "The Chemical Bond: The Perspective of NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 90, 1 (2017).

492.  R.M.B.O. Duarte and A.C. Duarte. "NMR Studies of Organic Aerosols," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 92, 83 (2017).

493.  J.R. Everett, "NMR-Based Pharmacometabonomics: A New Paradigm for Personalised or Precision Medicine," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 102-103, 1 (2017).

494.  L. Falivene and L. Cavallo, "Theoretical NMR Spectroscopy of N-Heterocyclic Carbenes and Their Metal Complexes," Coord. Chem. Rev., 344, 101 (2017).

495.  P. Giraudeau and R.R. Gil, Eds., "Perspectives on the Future of NMR," Magn. Reson. Chem., 55(1; Special Issue), (2017).

496.  N.E. Jacobsen, "NMR Data Interpretation Explained: Understanding 1D and 2D NMR Spectra of Organic Compounds and Natural Products," Wiley, NY, 2017 (ISBN 978-1118370223).

497.  T. Jezequel, V. Joubert, P. Giraudeau, G.S. Remaud, and S. Akoka, "New Faces of Isotopic NMR at Natural Abundance," Magn. Reson. Chem., 55, 77 (2017).

498.  X. Li and K. Hu, "Quantitative NMR Studies of Multiple Compound Mixtures," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 90, 85 (2017).

499.  S.K. Mishra, S.R. Chaudhari, A. Lakshmipriya, I. Pal, N. Lokesh, and N. Suryaprakash, "Novel Synthetic As Well As Natural Auxiliaries with a Blend of NMR Methodological Developments for Chiral Analysis in Isotropic Media," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 91, 143 (2017).

500.  G. Pileio, "Singlet NMR Methodology in Two Spin-1/2 Systems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 98-99, 1 (2017).

501.  J.H. Simpson, "NMR Case Studies: Data Analysis of Complicated Molecules," Elsevier, NY, 2017 (ISBN 978-0128033425).

502.  E.P. Talsi and K. Bryliakov, "Applications of ESR and NMR Spectroscopy in Homogeneous Catalysis," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2017 (ISBN 978-1498742634).

503.  A. Williams, G. Martin, and D. Rovnyak, Eds., "Modern NMR Approaches for the Structure Elucidation of Natural Products: Volume 2," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2017 (ISBN 978-1849733939).

504.  ???, "Practical NMR for Oil and Gas Exploration," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2017 (ISBN 978-1849739160).

505.  G.A. Webb, Ed., "Modern Magnetic Resonance," 2nd ed., Springer Verlag, NY, 2018 (three volumes; ISBN 978-3319283890).

506.  R.H. Bible, Jr., and L.F. Johnson, "Guide for Selecting NMR Techniques," Wiley/VCH, NY, 20xx (ISBN 978-0471242437).  Cancelled?

 

 


II.  ANALYSIS AND ASSIGNMENT

 

A.  Proton NMR

1.  S. Brownstein, "High Resolution NMR and Molecular Structure," Chem. Rev., 59, 463 (1959).

2.  P.L. Corio, "The Analysis of NMR Spectra," Chem. Rev., 60, 363 (1960).

3.  K.B. Wiberg and B.J. Nist, "The Interpretation of NMR Spectra," Benjamin, NY, 1962.

4.  E.D. Becker, "NMR Spectra: Appearance of Patterns from Small Spin Systems," J. Chem. Educ., 42, 591 (1965).

5.  R.H. Bible, Jr., "Interpretation of NMR Spectra: An Empirical Approach," Plenum Press, NY, 1965 (2013, softcover reprint Springer: ISBN 978-1468482904).

6.  D.W. Mathieson, Ed., "Interpretation of Organic Spectra," Academic Press, NY, 1965.

7.  N.S. Bhacca and D.H. Williams, "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy in Organic Chemistry," Holden-Day, San Francisco, CA, 1966.

8.  D. Chapman and P.D. Magnus, "Introduction to Practical High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, NY, 1966.

9.  P.L. Corio, "Structure of High-Resolution NMR Spectra," Academic Press, NY, 1966.

10.  D. Dischler, "Classification and Analysis of NMR Spectra," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 5, 623 (1966).

11.  J.D. Swalen, "Computer Techniques in the Analysis of NMR Spectra," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc.,1, 205 (1966).

12.  R.H. Bible, Jr., "Guide to the NMR Empirical Method: A Workbook," Plenum Press, NY, 1967.

13.  P. Diehl, R.K. Harris, and R.G. Jones, "Sub-Spectral Analysis," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 3, 1 (1967).

14.  D.W. Mathieson, Ed., "NMR for Organic Chemists," Academic Press, NY, 1967.

15.  K. Nakanishi, V. Woods, and L.J. Durham, "A Guidebook to the  Interpretation of NMR Spectra," Holden-Hay, San Francisco, CA, 1967.

16.  E.O. Bishop, "The Interpretation of High-Resolution NMR Spectra," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 1, 91 (1968).

17.  E.W. Garbisch, Jr., "Analysis of Complex NMR Spectra for the Organic Chemist. Part 1. Second-Order Approach with Specific Application to the Two Spin System," J. Chem. Educ., 45, 311 (1968).

18.  E.W. Garbisch, Jr., "Analysis of Complex NMR Spectra for the Organic Chemist. Part 2. Three Spin Systems of the ABC, ABX, ABK, and AB2 Types," J. Chem. Educ., 45, 403 (1968).

19.  E.W. Garbisch, Jr., "Analysis of Complex NMR Spectra for the Organic Chemist. Part 3. Four Spin Systems of the ABC2, ABX2, ABK2, AA'BB', and AA'XX' Types," J. Chem. Educ., 45, 481 (1968).

20.  R.A.Y. Jones, "General Review of Proton Magnetic Resonance," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 1, 1 (1969).

21.  P. Bladon, "General Review of Proton Magnetic Resonance," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 2, 1 (1969).

22.  J. Ronayne and D.H. Williams, "Solvent Effects in Proton Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Annu. Rev. NMR  Spectrosc., 2, 83 (1969).

23.  A. Ault, "Classification of Spin Systems in NMR Spectroscopy," J. Chem. Educ., 47, 812 (1970).

24.  T.N. Huckerby, "General Review of Proton Magnetic Resonance," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 3, 2 (1970).

25.  R.J. Abraham, "Analysis of High Resolution NMR Spectra," Elsevier, NY, 1971.

26.  G.R. Bedford, "General Review of Proton Magnetic Resonance," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 4, 2 (1971).

27.  R.C. Haddon, V. R. Haddon, and L.M. Jackman, "NMR Spectroscopy of Annulenes," Fortschr. Chem. Forsch., 16, 103 (1971).

28.  R.A. Hoffman, S. ForsŽn, and B. Gestblom, "Analysis of NMR Spectra.  A Guide for Chemists," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 5, 1 (1971).

29.  C.W. Haigh, "A Simple Guide to the Use of Iterative Computer Programs in the Analysis of NMR Spectra," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 4, 311 (1971).

30.   K.D. Bartle and D.W. Jones, "Application of PMR Spectroscopy to Structure Identification in Polycyclic Aromatic Molecules," Adv. Org. Chem., 8, 317 (1972).

31.   P. Diehl, H. Kellerhals, and E. Lustig, "Computer Assistance in the Analysis of High-Resolution NMR Spectra," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 6, 1 (1972).

32.  H. GŸnther, "1H NMR Spectra of the AA'XX' and AA'BB' Type Analysis and Classification," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 11, 861 (1972).

33.  T.N. Huckerby, "General Review of Proton Magnetic Resonance," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 5A, 1 (1972).

34.  L.D. Hall, "Solutions to the Hidden-Resonance Problem in 1H NMR Spectroscopy," Adv. Carbohydr. Chem. Biochem., 29, 11 (1974).

35.  D.G. de Kowalewski and V. J. Kowalewski, "High Resolution 1H NMR," Magn. Reson. Rev., 3, 171 (1974).

36.  A. Ault and G.O. Dudek, "NMR: An Introduction to Proton NMR Spectroscopy," Holden-Day, San Francisco, CA, 1976.

37.  J.F. Brazier, D. Houalla, M. Loenig, and R. Wolf, "NMR Parameters of the Proton Directly Bonded to Phosphorus," Top. Phosphorus Chem., 8, 99 (1976).

38.  H. GŸnther and G. Jikeli, "1H NMR Spectra of Cyclic Monoenes: Hydrocarbons, Ketones, Heterocycles and Benzo Derivatives," Chem. Rev., 77, 599 (1977).

39.  W.W. Simons, "The Sadtler Handbook of Proton NMR Spectra," Sadtler Research Laboratories, Philadelphia, PA, 1978.

40.  S. Brumby, "Computer Simulation of Magnetic Resonance Spectra," Magn. Reson. Rev., 8, 1 (1983).

41.  D.H. Williams, "Structural Studies on Some Antibiotics of the Vancomycin Group, and on the Antibiotic-Receptor Complexes, by Proton NMR," Acc. Chem. Res., 17, 364 (1984).

42.  J.E. Gurst, C.M. Dellinger, and J. Jacobus, "Proton NMR Spectra: Deceptively Simple and Deceptively Complex Examples," J. Chem. Educ., 62, 871 (1985).

43.  O.N. Chupakhin, V.N. Charushin, and A.R. Chernyshev, "Application of 1H, 13C and 15N NMR in the Chemistry of 1,4-Diazines," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 95 (1987).

44.  D.A. McQuarrie, "Proton Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," J. Chem. Educ., 65, 426 (1988).

45.  S.A. Richards, "Laboratory Guide to Proton NMR Spectroscopy," Blackwell Scientific Publications Ltd., Oxford, England, 1988.

46.  "NMR Spectroscopy," in "Analytical Applications of Spectroscopy," C.S. Creaser and A.M.C. Davies, Eds., Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 1988, Section 4.

47.  L.J. Lynch, D.S. Webster, and W.A. Barton, "Proton NMR Thermal Analysis," Adv. Magn. Reson., 12, 385 (1988).

48.  K. Albert, "Direct Online Coupling of Capillary Electrophoresis and 1H NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 34, 641 (1995).

49.  U. Weber and H. Thiele, "NMR Spectroscopy: Modern Spectral Analysis," Wiley/VCH, NY, 1998.

50.  S. Golotvin, E. Vodopianov, and A. Williams, "New Approach to Automated First-Order Multiplet Analysis," Magn. Reson. Chem., 40, 331 (2002).

51.  S.L. Manatt, "Tutorial Comparison of the NMRIT and LAOCOON Approaches for Analyses of Complex Solution-Phase NMR Spectra," Magn. Reson. Chem., 40, 317 (2002).

52.  V. Exarchou, M. Krucker, T.A. van Beek, J. Vervoort, I.P. Gerothanassis, and K. Albert, "LC-NMR Coupling Technology: Recent Advancements & Applications in Natural Products Analysis," Magn. Reson. Chem., 43, 681 (2005).

53.  A.G. Webb, "NMR Coupled Microseparations," Magn. Reson. Chem., 43, 688 (2005).

54.  K. Kantarci, "1H Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy in Dementia," Brit. J. Radiol., 80, S146 (2007). Special Issue 2.

55.  F. Fishbach and H. Bruhn, "Assessment of in vivo 1H  Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy in the Liver: A Review," Liver Int., 28, 297 (2008).

56.  K.L. Zakian, A. Shukla-Dava, E. Ackerstaff, H. Hricak, and J.A. Koutcher, "1H Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy of Prostate Cancer: Biomarkers for Tumor Characterization," Cancer Biomark., 4, 263 (2008).

57.  B. Baishya, U.R. Prabhu, and N. Suryaprakash, "Analyses of Proton NMR Spectra of Strongly and Weakly Dipolar Coupled Spins: Special Emphasis on Spectral Simplification, Chiral Discrimination, and Discerning of Degenerate Transitions," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 67, 331 (2009).

58.  A.D. Maher, J.C. Lindon, and J.K. Nicholson, "1H NMR-Based Metabonomics for Investigating Diabetes," Future Med. Chem., 1, 737 (2009).

59.  P.R. Seidl and J.F. Dias, "NMR Spectra of Hydroxylamines, Oximes and Hydroxamic Acids," in "Chemistry of Hydroxylamines, Oximes and Hydroxamic Acids," Part 1, Z. Rappoport and J.F. Liebman, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2009, p. 85.

60.  J.S. McKenzie, J.A. Donarski, J.C. Wilson, and A.J. Charlton, "Analysis of Complex Mixtures Using High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy and Chemometrics," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 59, 336 (2011).

61.  L. Mannina, A.P. Sobolev, and S. Viel, "Liquid State 1H High Field NMR in Food Analysis," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 66, 1 (2012).

62.  R. Lamanna, "Proton NMR Profiling of Food Samples," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 80, 239 (2013).

63.  K. Zangger, "Pure Shift NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 86-87, 1 (2015).

 

 


B.  Relaxation and Nuclear Overhauser Effect

1.  N. Bloembergen, "Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation," Benjamin, NY, 1961.

2.  W.J. Caspers, "Theory of Spin Relaxation," R.E. Krieger Publishing Company, Inc., Melbourne, FL, 1964.

3.  A.G. Redfield, "The Theory of Relaxation Processes," Adv. Magn. Reson., 1, 1 (1965).

4.  K.J. Packer, "Nuclear Spin Relaxation Studies of Molecules Adsorbed On Surfaces," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 3, 87 (1967).

5.  E.L. Mackor and C. MacLean, "Relaxation Processes in System of Two Non-Identical Spins," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 3, 129 (1967).

6.  H.G. Hertz, "Microdynamic Behaviour of Liquids as Studied by NMR Relaxation Times, Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 3, 159 (1967).

7.  P.D. Kennewell, "Applications of the Nuclear Overhauser Effect in Organic  Chemistry," J. Chem. Educ., 47, 28 (1970).

8.  G.E. Bachers and T. Schaefer, "Applications of the Intramolecular Nuclear Overhauser Effect in Structural Organic Chemistry," Chem. Rev., 71, 617 (1971).

9.  F. Noack, "Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation Spectroscopy," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 3, 83 (1971).

10.  J.H. Noggle and R.E Schirmer, "The Nuclear Overhauser Effect: Chemical Applications," Academic Press, NY, 1971.

11.  C.P. Poole, Jr., and H.A. Farach, "Relaxation in Magnetic Resonance," Academic Press, NY, 1971.

12.  J.R. Lyerla, Jr., and D.M. Grant, "Carbon-13 Nuclear Spin Relaxation," MTP Int. Rev. Sci., Phys. Chem., Ser.1, 4, 155 (1972).

13.  R.T. Schumacher, "Spin-Lattice Relaxation in NMR," Magn. Reson. Rev., 1, 123 (1972).

14.  R.A. Bell and J.K. Saunders, "Some Chemical Applications of the Nuclear Overhauser Effect," Top. Stereochem., 7, 2 (1973).

15.  J. Jonas, "NMR Relaxation in Liquids and Liquid Crystals," Magn. Reson. Rev., 2, 203 (1973).

16.  G.C. Levy, "Carbon-13 Spin-Lattice Relaxation Studies and Their Applications to Organic Chemical Problems," Acc. Chem. Res., 6, 161 (1973).

17.  D. Kivelson and K. Ogan, "Spin Relaxation Theory in Terms of Mori's Formalism," Adv. Magn. Reson., 7, 71 (1974).

18.  J.R. Lyerla, Jr., and G.C. Levy, "Carbon-13 Nuclear Spin Relaxation," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 1, 79 (1974).

19.  E. Breitmaier, K.-H. Spohn, and S. Berger, "13C Spin-Lattice Relaxation Times and the Mobility of Organic Molecules in Solution," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 14, 144 (1975).

20.  L.D. Hall, "Spin-Lattice Relaxation: A Fourth Dimension for Proton NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Soc. Rev., 4, 401 (1975).

21.  R. Lenk, "Diffusion and Spin Relaxation," Adv. Mol. Relaxation Processes, 6, 287 (1975).

22.  J.K. Saunders and J.W. Easton, "The Nuclear Overhauser Effect," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 6, F.C. Nachod, J.J. Zuckerman, and E.W. Randall, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1976, Ch.5.

23.  F.W. Wehrli, "Organic Structure Assignments Using 13C Spin-Relaxation Data," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 2, 343 (1976).

24.  L.G. Werbelow and D.M. Grant, "Intramolecular Dipolar Relaxation in Multispin Systems," Adv. Magn. Reson., 9, 190(1977).

25.  S. Berger, "NMR Relaxation: Recent Problems and Progress," Adv. Phys. Org. Chem., 16, 239 (1978).

26.  R.G. Bryant, "NMR Relaxation Studies of Solute-Solvent Interactions," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 29, 167 (1978).

27.  H.W. Spiess, "Rotation of Molecules and Nuclear Spin Relaxation," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 15, 55 (1978).

28.  R.L. Vold and R.R. Vold, "Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation in Coupled Spin Systems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 12, 79 (1978).

29.  D.A. Wright, D.E. Axelson, and G.C. Levy, "Physical Chemical Applications of 13C Spin Relaxation Measurements," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 3, 103 (1979).

30.  R.T. Boere and R.G. Kidd, "Rotational Correlation Times in Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 13, 319 (1982).

31.  F.A. Rushworth, "Wide-Line NMR and Relaxation Processes in Ionic and Molecular Solids," Magn. Reson. Rev., 7, 197 (1982).

32.  T.L. James, "Conformational Flexibility in Nucleic Acids Investigated by NMR Relaxation," Bull. Magn. Reson., 4, 119 (1983).

33.  R.G. Kidd, "Quadrupolar and Other Types of Relaxation," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 1, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 5.

34.  J. Reisse, "Relaxation Processes in NMR," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 63 (1983).

35.  D.J. Craik and G.C. Levy, "Factors Affecting Accuracy in 13C Spin-Lattice Relaxation Measurements," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 4, 239 (1984).

36.  A.M. Gronenborn and G.M. Clore, "Investigation of the Solution Structures of Short Nucleic Acid Fragments by Means of Nuclear Overhauser Enhancement Measurements," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 17, 1 (1985).

37.  A. Schwenk, "Steady-State Techniques for Low Sensitivity and Slowly Relaxing Nuclei," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 17, 69 (1985).

38.  R. Kitamaru, "C-13 Nuclear Spin Relaxation Study as an Aid to Analysis of Chain Dynamics and Conformation of Macromolecules," in "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Problems in Stereochemistry and Conformational Analysis," Y. Takeuchi and A.P. Marchand, Eds., VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1986, Ch. 3.

39.  K.E. Kšver and G. Batta, "Theoretical and Practical Aspects of One- and Two-Dimensional Heteronuclear Overhauser Experiments and Selective 13C T1-Determinations of Heteronuclear Distances," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 19, 223 (1987).

40.  J.B. Lambert, "Spin-Lattice Relaxation as a Structural and Kinetic Tool," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 5.

41.  J.R. McConnell, "The Theory of Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation in Liquids," Cambridge University Press, NY, 1987.

42.  R.E. Wasylishen, "NMR Relaxation and Dynamics," in "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," C. Dybowski and R.L. Lichter, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987, Ch. 2.

43.  R.L. Armstrong, "Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation Effects in Polyatomic Gases," Magn. Reson. Rev., 12, 91 (1987).

44.  S. Aime, D. Osella, and G.E. Hawkes, "NMR Relaxation Processes in Metal Carbonyl Chemistry," Top. Phys. Organomet. Chem., 2, p (1988).

45.  A. Dšlle and T. Bluhm, "Orientation of the Rotational Diffusion Principal Axis System Determined by Nuclear Relaxation Data," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 21, 175 (1989).

46.  D. Neuhaus and M.P. Williamson, "The Nuclear Overhauser Effect in Stereochemical and Conformational Analysis," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1989.

47.  O.W. Sorensen, "Polarization Transfer Experiments in High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 21, 503 (1989).

48.  D.J. Wink, "Spin-Lattice Relaxation Times in 1H NMR Spectroscopy," J. Chem. Educ., 66, 810 (1989).

49.  J. Kowalewski, "Nuclear Spin Relaxation in Diamagnetic Fluids. 1. General Aspects and Inorganic Applications," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 22, 308 (1990).

50.  L. Banci, I. Bertini, and C. Luchinat, "Nuclear & Electron Relaxation," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1991.

51.  J. Kowalewski, "Nuclear Spin Relaxation in Diamagnetic Fluids. 2. Organic Systems and Solutions of Macromolecules and Aggregates," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 23, 289 (1991).

52.  S. Szymanski and G. Binsch, "Permutation Symmetry in NMR Relaxation and Exchange," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 23, 209 (1991).

53.  T.E. Bull, "Relaxation in the Rotating Frame in Liquids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 24, 377 (1992).

54.  M.H. Levitt and L. Di Bari, "Homogeneous Master Equation and the Manipulation of Relaxation Networks," Bull. Magn. Reson., 16, 94 (1994).

55.  F. Ni, "Recent Developments in Transferred NOE Methods," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 517 (1994).

56.  B. Cowan, "NMR and Relaxation," Cambridge University Press, NY, 1997.

57.  M. Luhmer and J. Reisse, "Quadrupole NMR Relaxation of the Noble Gases Dissolved in Simple Liquids & Solutions.  A Critical Review of Experimental Data in the Light of Computer Simulation Results," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 33, 57 (1998).

58.  H. Mo and T.C. Pochapsky, "Intermolecular Interactions Characterized by Nuclear Overhauser Effects," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 30, 1 (1997).

59.  V. Clementi and C. Luchinat, "NMR and Spin Relaxation in Dimers," Acc. Chem. Res., 31, 351 (1998).

60.  M. Nigles and S.I. O'Donoghue, "Ambiguous NOEs and Automated NOE Assignment," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 32, 107 (1998).

61.  A. Kumar, R. Christy Rani Grace, and P.K. Madhu, "Cross-Correlations in NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 37, 191 (2000).

62.  D. Neuhaus and M.P. Williamson, "The Nuclear Overhauser Effect in Stereochemical and Conformational Analysis," 2nd ed., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2000.

63.  M.J. Stone, "NMR Relaxation Studies of the Role of Conformational Entropy in Protein Stability and Ligand Binding," Acc. Chem. Res., 34, 379 (2001).

64.  D.A. Case, "Molecular Dynamics and NMR Relaxation in Proteins," Acc. Chem. Res., 35, 325 (2002).

65.  R.W. Pastor, R.M. Venable, and S.E. Feller, "Lipid Bilayers, NMR Relaxation, and Computer Simulations," Acc. Chem. Res., 35, 438 (2002).

66.  N. Murali and V.V. Krishnan, "A Primer for Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation in Liquids," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 17, 86 (2003).

67.  V. Bakhmutov, "Practical NMR Relaxation for Chemists," Wiley, NY, 2004.

68.  D. Fushman, R. Varadan, M. Assfalg, and O. Walker, "Determining Domain Orientation in Macromolecules by Using Spin-Relaxation and Residual Dipolar Coupling Measurements," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 44, 189 (2004).

69.  T. Brand, E.J. Cabrita, and S. Berger, "Intermolecular Interaction as Investigated by NOE & Diffusion Studies," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 46, 159 (2005).

70.  R.G. Bryant and J.-P. Korb," NMR and Spin Relaxation in Biological Systems," Magn. Reson. Imaging, 23, 167 (2005).

71.  D. Canet, "Introduction: General Theory of Relaxation," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 57, 3 (2005).

72.  J.F. Desreux, "Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation Studies on Actinide Ions and Models of Actinide Complexes," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 57, 381 (2005).

73.  G. Ferrante and S. Sykora, "Technical Aspects of Fast Field Cycling," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 57, 406 (2005).

74.  L. Helm, G.M. Nicolle, and A.E. Merbach, "Water and Proton Exchange Processes on Metal Ions," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 57, 327 (2005).

75.  J.-P. Korb and R.G. Bryant, "Magnetic Relaxation Dispersion in Porous and Dynamically Heterogeneous Materials," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 57, 293 (2005).

76.  R.N. Muller, L. Vander Elst, A. Roch, J.A. Peters, E. Csajbok, P. Gillis, and Y. Gossuin, "Relaxation by Metal-Containing Nanosystems," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 57, 239 (2005).

77.  P.S. Pregosin, P.G. Anil Kumar, and I. Fern‡ndez, "Pulsed Gradient Spin-Echo (PGSE) Diffusion and 1H,19F Heteronuclear Overhauser Spectroscopy (HOESY) NMR Methods in Inorganic and Organometallic Chemistry: Something Old and Something New," Chem. Rev., 105, 2977 (2005).

78.  M. Vogel, P. Medick, and E.A. Ršssler, "Secondary Relaxation Processes in Molecular Glasses Studied by NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 56, 231 (2005).

79.  J. Kowalewski and L. MŠler, "Nuclear Spin Relaxation in Liquids: Theory, Experiments and Applications," Taylor & Francis, NY, 2006 (Series in Chemical Physics, Vol. 2).

80.  D. Kruk, "Theory of Evolution and Relaxation in Multi-Spin Systems," Arima Publishing (Abramis), NY, 2007.

81.  L. Shao and J.J. Titman, "Chemical Shift Anisotropy Amplification," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 51, 103 (2007).

82.  A. Ariza-Castolo, "Beyond Excitation NMR Relaxation," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 32, 168 (2008).

83.  J.T. Gerig, "NOE Studies of Solvent-Solute Interactions," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 64, 21 (2008).

84.  L. Calucci and C. Forte, "Proton Longitudinal Relaxation Coupling in Dynamically Heterogeneous Soft Systems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 55, 296 (2009).

85.  M.P. Williamson, "Applications of the NOE in Molecular Biology," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 65, 77 (2009).

86.  M.P. Nicholas, E. Eryilmaz, F. Ferrage, D. Cowburn, and R. Ghose, "Nuclear Spin Relaxation in Isotropic and Anisotropic Media," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 57, 111 (2010).

87.  G. Pileio, "Relaxation Theory of Nuclear Singlet States in Two Spin-1/2 Systems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 56, 217 (2010).

88.  T. Reddy and J.K. Reiney, "Interpretation of Biomolecular NMR Spin Relaxation Parameters," Biochem. Cell Biol., 88, 131 (2010).

89.  S.B. Duckett and R.E. Mewis, "Application of Parahydrogen Induced Polarization Techniques in NMR Spectroscopy and Imaging," Acc. Chem. Res., 45, 1247 (2012).

90.  R.A. Green, R.W. Adams, S.B. Duckett, R.E. Mewis, D.C. Williamson, and G.G.R. Green, "Theory and Practice of Hyperpolarization in Magnetic Resonance Using para-Hydrogen," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 67, 1 (2012).

91.  A. Smerald, "Theory of Nuclear Magnetic 1/T1 Relaxation Rate in Conventional and Unconventional Magnets," Springer Verlag, NY, 2013 (ISBN 978-3319004334).

92.  K.L. Ivanov, A.N. Pravdivtsev, A.V. Yurkovskaya, H.-M. Vieth, and R. Kaptein, "Role of Level Anti-Crossings in Nuclear Spin Hyperpolarization," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 81, 1 (2014).

93.  B. Všgeli, "The Nuclear Overhauser Effect from a Quantitative Perspective," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 78, 1 (2014).

94.  A. Asano, "NMR Relaxation Studies of Elastomers," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 86, 1 (2015).

95.  J. Anglister, G. Srivastava, and F. Naider, "Detection of Intermolecular NOE Interactions in Large Protein Complexes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 97, 40 (2016).

96.  D. Canet, Ed., "Cross-Relaxation and Cross-Correlation Parameters in NMR: Molecular Approaches," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2016 (New Developments in NMR, xx; ISBN 978-1849739139).

97.  D.A. Markelov, M. Dolgushev, and E. Lahderanta, "NMR Relaxation in Dendrimers," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 91, 1 (2017).

98.  N. Salvi, A. Abyzov, and M. Blackledge, "Atomic Resolution Conformational Dynamics of Intrinsically Disordered Proteins from NMR Spin Relaxation," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 102-103, 43 (2017).

99.  J. Kowalewski and L. MŠler, "Nuclear Spin Relaxation in Liquids: Theory, Experiments and Applications," Taylor & Francis, NY, 2018 (ISBN 978-1498782142).


C.  Decoupling, Multiple Resonance and Spin Labeling

1.  J.D. Baldeschwieler and E.W. Randall, "Chemical Applications of Nuclear Magnetic Double Resonance," Chem. Rev., 63, 81 (1963).

2.  R.A. Hoffman and S. ForsŽn, "High Resolution Nuclear Magnetic Double and Multiple Resonance," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 1, 15 (1966).

3.  W. McFarlane, "Heteronuclear Magnetic Double Resonance," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 1, 135 (1968).

4.  V.J. Kowalewski, "The INDOR Technique in High-Resolution NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 5, 1 (1969).

5.  W. McFarlane, "Magnetic Double-Resonance Techniques in Chemistry," Chem. Brit., 5, 142 (1969).

6.  B.D. Nageswara Rao, "Nuclear Spin Relaxation by Double Resonance," Adv. Magn. Reson., 4, 271 (1970).

7.  W. McFarlane, "Nuclear Magnetic Double Resonance Spectroscopy," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 4, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1971, Ch. 3.

8.  W. Von Philipsborn, "Methods and Applications of Nuclear Magnetic Double Resonance," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 10, 472 (1971).

9.  L.R. Dalton, "Double Resonance," Magn. Reson. Rev., 1, 301 (1972).

10.  R.B. Johannesen and T.D. Coyle, "Nuclear Magnetic Double Resonance," Endeavour, 31, 10 (1972).

11.  W. McFarlane, "Heteronuclear Magnetic Double Resonance," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 5A, 353 (1972).

12.  R.L. Mieher, "Double Resonance," Magn. Reson. Rev., 1, 225 (1972).

13.  L.R. Dalton and L.A. Dalton, "Double Resonance," Magn. Reson. Rev., 2, 361(1973).

14.  J.W. Faller, "Spin Saturation Labeling," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 5, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1973, Ch. 2.

15.  W. McFarlane, "Multiple Magnetic Resonance," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 3.

16.  L.F. Johnson, "Spin-Decoupling Methods in 13C NMR Studies," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 3, 2 (1979).

17.  W. McFarlane and D.S. Rycroft, "Magnetic Multiple Resonance," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 9, 320 (1979).

18.  J.K.M. Sanders and J.D. Mersh, "Nuclear Magnetic Double Resonance; The Use of Difference Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 15, 353 (1982).

19.  M.H. Levitt, R. Freeman, and T. Frenkiel, "Broadband Decoupling in High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Adv. Magn. Reson., 11, 47 (1983).

20.  W. McFarlane and D.S. Rycroft, "Multiple Resonance," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 16, 293 (1985).

21.  M.D. Bruch, C. Dybowski, and R.L. Lichter, "Simplification of NMR Spectra," in "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," C. Dybowski and R.L. Lichter, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987, Ch. 4.

22.  O. Howarth, "Relaxation and Related Time-Dependent Processes," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 5.

23.  A.J. Shaka and J. Keeler, "Broadband Spin Decoupling in Isotropic Liquids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 19, 47 (1987).

24.  Various authors, "Spin Labeling: Theory and Applications," Biol. Magn. Reson., 8, (1989).

25.  R. Freeman, "Selective Excitation in High-Resolution NMR," Chem. Rev., 91, 1397 (1991).

26.  M. Sattler and S.W. Fesik, "Use of Deuterium Labeling in NMR:  Overcoming a Sizeable Problem," Structure (London), 4, 1245 (1996).

27.  L.J. Berliner, Ed., "Spin Labeling," Biol. Magn. Reson., 14 (1998).

28.  C.E. Hughes, "Spin Counting," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 45, 301 (2004).

29.  V. Ladizhansky, "Homonuclear Dipolar Recoupling Techniques for Structure Determination in Uniformly 13C-Labeled Proteins," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 36, 119 (2009).

30.  P.K. Madhu, "High-Resolution Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy of Protons with Homonuclear Dipolar Decoupling Schemes Under Magic-Angle Spinning," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 35, 2 (2009).

31.  T. Echelmeyer, S. Wegner, and L. van WŸllen, "Constant Time REDOR NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 75, 1 (2012).

32.  L. Castanar and T. Parella, "Broadband 1H Homodecoupled NMR Experiments: Recent Developments, Methods and Applications," Magn. Reson. Chem., 53, 399 (2015).

33.  V. Venditti, T.K. Egner, and G.M. Clore, "Hybrid Approaches to the Structural Characterization of Conformational Ensembles of Complex Macromolecular Systems Containing NMR Residual Dipolar Couplings and Solution X-Ray Scattering," Chem. Rev., 116, 6305 (2016).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


D.  Extreme Field NMR

1.  J.K. Becconsall and M.C. McIvor, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance at High Fields," Chem. Brit., 5, 147 (1969).

2.  J.K. Becconsall, P.A. Curnuck, and M.C. McIvor, "Chemical Applications of NMR at High Fields," Appl. Spectrosc. Rev., 4, 307 (1971).

3.  L.F. Johnson, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance with Superconducting Magnets," Anal. Chem., 43(2), 28A (1971).

4.  W. Naegele, "Applications of High-Field NMR Spectroscopy," in  "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical  Methods," Vol. 4, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1971, Ch. 1.

5.  A.A. Grey, "Applications of 220 MHz NMR. Review," Can. J. Spectrosc., 17, 82 (1972).

6.  F.A.L. Anet, "13C NMR at High Fields," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 1, 209 (1974).

7.  D.E. MacLaughlin, "Magnetic Resonance in the Superconducting State," Solid State Phys., 31, 1 (1976).

8.  A. Bothner-By and J. Dadok, "NMR Spectroscopy at 600 MHz," in "NMR Spectroscopy: New Methods and Applications," G.C. Levy, Ed., American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1982, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 191, Ch. 3.

9.  F.W. Wehrli, "Ultra High-Field NMR," in "NMR Spectroscopy: New Methods and Applications," G.C. Levy, Ed., American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1982, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 191, Ch. 2.

10.  W.E. Hull and F.W. Wehril, "Ultra-High-Field NMR: Technology and Applications," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 4, 1 (1984).

11.  A.A. Bothner-By and J. Dadok, "The Production of Very High Fields for High Resolution NMR: Progress and Prospects," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 1.

12.  A.M. Thayer and A. Pines, "Zero-Field NMR," Acc. Chem. Res., 20, 47 (1987).

13.  M.F. D'Agostino and M.J. McGlinchey, "Mixed Metal Clusters Containing Carbyne or Ketenylidene Bridges: High Field NMR Spectroscopy as a Probe for Structure and Mechanism," Polyhedron, 7, 807 (1988).

14.  S.K. Branch and A.F. Casy, "Applications of Modern High-Field NMR Spectroscopy in Medicinal Chemistry," Prog. Med. Chem., 26, 355 (1989).

15.  J.B. Robert and P. Diehl, Eds., "NMR at Very High Field," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 25, 1 (1991).

16.  J. Boyd, N. Soffe, and I. Campbell, "NMR at Very High Fields," Structure, 2, 253 (1994).

17.  W.D. Markiewicz, "1 GHz NMR Spectroscopy:  Innovation in Magnet Technology," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 9, 73 (1997).

18.  H.J. Schneider-Muntau, "High Field NMR Magnets," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 9, 61 (1997).

19.  J.H. Prestegard, "High Resolution NMR of Biomolecules," in "High Magnetic Fields," C. Berthier, L.P. Levy, and G. Martinez, Eds., Springer Verlag, NY, 2001 (Lecture Notes in Physics, Vol. 595).

20.  A. Street, "Developments in Superconducting Magnets for NMR," Am. Lab., 35, 28 (2003).

21.  T. Kiyoshi, H. Maeda, J. Kikuchi, Y. Ito, H. Hirota, S. Yokoyama, S. Ito, T. Miki, M. Hamada, O. Ozaki, S. Hayashi, N. Kurihara, H. Suematsu, M. Yoshikawa, S. Matsumoto, A. Sato, and H. Wada, "Present Status of 920 MHz High-Resolution NMR Spectrometers," IEEE Trans. Appl. Supercond., 14, 1608 (2004).

22.  H. Kovacs, D. Moskau, and M. Spraul, "Cryogenically Cooled Probes: a Leap in NMR Technology," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 46, 131 (2005).

23.  B.P. Hills, "Applications of Low-Field NMR to Food Science," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 58, 177 (2006).

24.  A.L. Skinner and J.S. Laurence, "High-Field Solution NMR Spectroscopy as a Tool for Assessing Protein Interactions with Small Molecule Ligands," J. Pharm. Sci., 97, 4670 (2008).

25.  B. BlŸmich, F. Casanova, and S. Appelt, "NMR at Low Magnetic Fields," Chem. Phys. Lett., 477, 231 (2009).

26.  A. Mohoric and J. Stepisnik, "NMR in the Earth's Magnetic Field," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 54, 166 (2009).

27.  R. Sarkar, P. Ahuja, P.R. Vasos, A. Bornet, O. Wagnires, and G. Bodenhausen, "Long-Lived Coherences for Line-Narrowing in High-Field NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 59, 83 (2011).

28.  F. Dalitz, M. Cudaj, M. Maiwald, and G. Guthausen, "Process and Reaction Monitoring by Low-Field NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 60, 52 (2012).

29.  M. Hunter, "Earth's Field Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 76, 139 (2012).

30.  Q.M. Tieng and V. Vegh, "Compact Superconducting Magnet Design for NMR: The Minimum Stored Energy Approach," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 75, 161 (2012).

31.  G. Bevilacqua, V. Biancalana, Y. Dancheva, and L. Moi, "Optical Atomic Magnetometry for Ultra Low-Field NMR Detection," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 78, 103 (2013).

32.  S. Glšggler, B. BlŸmich, and S. Appelt, "NMR Spectroscopy for Chemical Analysis at Low Magnetic Fields," Top. Curr. Chem., 335, 1 (2013).

33.  J. Mitchell, L.F. Gladden, T.C. Chandrasekera, and E.J. Fordham, "Low-Field Permanent Magnets for Industrial Process and Quality Control," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 76, 1 (2014).

34.  Z. Chen, S. Cai, Y. Huang, and Y. Lin, "High-Resolution NMR in Inhomogeneous Fields," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 90-91, 1 (2015).

 

 

 

 


E.  Lanthanide Shift Reagents and Paramagnetic Systems

1.  D.R. Eaton and W.D. Phillips, "NMR of Paramagnetic Molecules," Adv. Magn. Reson., 1, 103 (1965).

2.  E. De Boer and H. Van Willigen, "NMR of Paramagnetic Systems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 2, 111 (1967).

3.  H.J. Keller and K.E. Schwarzhans, "Magnetic Resonance of Paramagnetic Complexes," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 9, 196 (1970).

4.  G.A. Webb, "NMR Spectroscopy of Paramagnetic Species," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 3, 211 (1970).

5.  K.E. Schwarzhans, "NMR Spectroscopy of Paramagnetic Complexes," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 9, 946 (1970).

6.  J.R. Campbell, "Lanthanide Chemical Shift Reagents," Aldrichim. Acta, 4, 55 (1971).

7.  F. Lefevre and M.L. Martin, "Utilisation des Complexes des Terres Rares en RMN," Org. Magn. Reson., 4, 737 (1972).

8.  M.R. Peterson, Jr., and G.H. Wahl, Jr., "Lanthanide NMR Shift Reagents: A Powerful New Stereochemical Tool," J. Chem. Educ., 49, 790 (1972).

9.  J.K.M. Sanders and D.H. Williams, "Shift Reagents in NMR Spectroscopy," Nature (London), 240, 385 (1972).

10.  R. Von Ammon and R.D. Fischer, "Shift Reagents in NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 11, 675 (1972).

11.  A.F. Cockerill, G.L.O. Davies, R.C. Harden, and D.M. Rackham, "Lanthanide Shift Reagents for NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Rev., 73, 553 (1973).

12.  G.N. La Mar, W. Horrocks, Jr., and R.H. Holm, Eds., "NMR of Paramagnetic Molecules," Academic Press, NY, 1973.

13.  B.C. Mayo, "Lanthanide Shift Reagents in NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Soc. Rev., 2, 49 (1973).

14.  R.E. Sievers, Ed., "NMR Shift Reagents," Academic Press, NY, 1973.

15.  I. Ya. Slonim and A. Kh. Bulai, "Paramagnetic Shift Reagents in NMR Spectroscopy," Russ. Chem. Rev., 42, 904 (1973).

16.  R.S. Drago, J.I. Zink, R.M. Richman, and W.D. Peery, "Theory of Isotropic Shifts in the NMR of Paramagnetic Materials, Part I," J. Chem. Educ., 51, 371 (1974); Part II, J. Chem. Educ., 51, 464 (1974).

17.  J.D. Roberts, G.E. Hawkes, J. Husar, A.W. Roberts, and D.W.  Roberts, "NMR Spectroscopy. Lanthanide Shift Reagents. Useful Tools for Study of Conformational Equilibria in Solution," Tetrahedron, 30, 1833 (1974).

18.  V.K. Voronov, "Paramagnetic Reagents for the Investigation of the Structures of Organic Ligands," Russ. Chem. Rev., 43, 171 (1974).

19.  G.A. Webb, "The Effects of Paramagnetism on NMR Spectra of Nuclei Other than Protons," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 9.

20.  J. Reuben, "Paramagnetic Lanthanide Shift Reagents in NMR Spectroscopy: Principles, Methodology and Applications," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 9, 1 (1975).

21.  J. Reuben, "The Lanthanides as Spectroscopic and Magnetic Probes in Biological Systems," Naturwissenschaften, 62, 172 (1975).

22.  G.A. Webb, "NMR Spectroscopy of Paramagnetic Species," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 6A, 1 (1975).

23.  B.D. Flockhart, "Lanthanide Shift Reagents in NMR Spectroscopy," CRC Crit. Rev. Anal. Chem., 6, 69 (1976).

24.  O. Hofer, "The Lanthanide Induced Shift Technique: Applications in Conformational Analysis," Top. Stereochem., 9, 111 (1976).

25.  K.A. Kime and R.E. Sievers, "A Practical Guide to Uses of Lanthanide NMR Shift Reagents," Aldrichim. Acta, 10, 54 (1977).

26.  A.T. Morris and R.A. Dwek, "Some Recent Applications of the Use of Paramagnetic Centers to Probe Biological Systems Using NMR," Quart. Rev. Biophys., 10, 421 (1977).

27.  G.R. Sullivan, "Chiral Lanthanide Shift Reagents," Top. Stereochem., 10, 287 (1978).

28.  K.G. Orrell, "NMR Spectroscopy of Paramagnetic Species, "Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 9, 1 (1979).

29.  J. Reuben and G.A. Elgavish, "Shift Reagents and NMR of Paramagnetic Lanthanide Complexes," in "Handbook of  Physics and Chemistry of the Rare Earths," Vol. 4, K.A. Gschneider and L. Eyring, Eds., Elsevier/North Holland, Amsterdam, 1979, p. 483.

30.  I. Bertini and R.S. Drago, "ESR and NMR of Paramagnetic Species in Biological and Related Systems," Kluwer, Boston, MA, 1980.

31.  C.M. Grisham, "Paramagnetic Probes in NMR and ESR Studies of Membrane Enzymes," J. Biochem. Biophys. Methods, 3, 39 (1980).

32.  F. Inagaki and T. Miyazawa, "NMR Analyses of Molecular Conformations and Conformational Equilibria with the Lanthanide Probe Method," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 14, 67 (1981).

33.  W.H. Pirkle and D.J. Hoover, "NMR Chiral Solvating Agents,"Top. Stereochem., 13, 263 (1982).

34.  S.F. Lindoy, "NMR Studies of Coordination Metal Complexes Using Lanthanide Shift Reagents," Coord. Chem. Rev., 48, 83 (1983).

35.  J.A. Peters and A.P.G. Kieboom, "Multinuclear Magnetic Resonance in the Presence of Lanthanide(III) as an Analytical Tool for Structure Determination in Solution," Recl: J.R. Neth. Chem. Soc., 102, 381 (1983).

36.  R.E. Lenkinski, "Lanthanide Complexes of Peptides and Proteins," Biol. Magn. Reson., 6, 23 (1984).

37.  E. De Boer, C.P. Keijzers, and M.C.M. Gribnau, "NMR of Paramagnetic Particles," Magn. Reson. Rev., 10, 193 (1985).

38.  M.C.M. Gribnau, C.P. Keijzers, and E. De Boer, "NMR of Shift Reagents," Magn. Reson. Rev., 10, 161 (1985).

39.  J. Kowalewski, L. Nordenskišld, N. Benetis, and P.-O. Westlund, "Theory of Nuclear Spin Relaxation in Paramagnetic Systems in Solution," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 17, 141 (1985).

40.  I. Bertini and C. Lucchinat, "NMR of Paramagnetic Molecules in Biological Systems," Benjamin/Cummings, Menlo Park, CA, 1986.

41.  T.C. Morrill, Ed., "Lanthanide Shift Reagents in Stereochemical Analysis," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1986.

42.  J.D. Satterlee, "NMR Spectroscopy of Paramagnetic Haem Proteins," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 17, 79 (1986).

43.  H. Sigel, Ed., "Applications of NMR to Paramagnetic Species," Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987 (Metal Ions in Biological Systems, Vol. 21).

44.  T.J. Wenzel, "NMR Shift Reagents," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1987.

45.  L.J. Berliner and J. Reuben, Eds., "NMR of Paramagnetic Molecules," Biol. Magn. Reson., 12 (1993).

46.  G.N. La Mar, Ed., "NMR of Paramagnetic Macromolecules," Kluwer, Boston, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 457 (1995).

47.  J.H. Forsberg, "NMR Studies of Paramagnetic Lanthanide Complexes and Shift Reagents," in "Handbook on the Physics & Chemistry of Rare Earths," K.A. Gschneidner & L. Eyring, Eds., Elsevier/North Holland, Amsterdam, 1996, p. 1.

48.  J.A. Peters, J. Huskens, and D.J. Raber, "Lanthanide Induced Shifts and Relaxation Rate Enhancements," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 28, 283 (1996).

49.  F.A. Walker, "Advances in Single- and Multidimensional NMR Spectroscopy of Paramagnetic Metal Complexes," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1998, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 692, p. 30.

50.  I. Bertini, C. Luchinat, and G. Parigi, Eds., "Solution NMR of Paramagnetic Molecules," Elsevier Science, NY, 2001 (Current Methods in Inorganic Chemistry, Vol. 2).

51.  R. Sharp, L. Lohr, and J. Miller, "Paramagnetic NMR Relaxation Enhancement.  Recent Advances in Theory," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 38, 115 (2001).

52.  H.C. Aspinall, "Chiral Lanthanide Complexes: Coordination Chemistry and Applications," Chem. Rev., 102, 1807 (2002).

53.  I. Bertini, C. Luchinat, G. Parigi, and R. Pierattelli, "NMR Spectroscopy of Paramagnetic Metalloproteins," ChemBioChem., 6, 1536 (2005).

54.  L. Di Bari and P. Salvadori, "Solution Structure of Chiral Lanthanide Complexes," Coord. Chem. Rev., 249, 2854 (2005).

55.  L. Helm, "Relaxivity in Paramagnetic Systems: Theory and Mechanisms," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 49, 45 (2006).

56.  T.J. Wenzel and K.A. Provencher, "Lanthanide Enolates as NMR Shift Reagents," in "Chemistry of Metal Enolates," J. Zabicky, Ed., Wiley, NY, 2009, Pt. 2, p. 787.

57.  J. Koehler and J. Meiler, "Expanding the Utility of NMR Restraints with Paramagnetic Compounds: Background and Practical Aspects," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 59, 360 (2011).

58.  A.J. Pell and G. Pintacuda, "Broadband Solid-State MAS NMR of Paramagnetic Systems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 84-85, 33 (2015).

59.  M. Piccioli and P. Turano, "Transient Iron Coordination Sites in Proteins: Exploiting the Dual Nature of Paramagnetic NMR," Coord. Chem. Rev., 284, 313 (2015).

60.  I. Bertini, C. Luchinat, G. Parigi, and E. Ravera, "NMR of Paramagnetic Molecules: Applications to Metallobiomolecules and Models," 2nd ed., Elsevier Science, NY, 2017 (ISBN 978-0444634368).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


F.  Multidimensional NMR and Multipulse Techniques

1.  R. Freeman and G.A. Morris, "Two-Dimensional Fourier Transformation in NMR," Bull. Magn. Reson., 1, 5 (1979).

2.  D. Terpstra, "Two-Dimensional Fourier Transform 13C NMR," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 3, 62 (1979).

3.  K. WŸthrich, K. Nagayama, and R.E. Ernst, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Trends Biochem. Sci., 4N, 178 (1979).

4.  G. Bodenhausen, "Multiple-Quantum NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 14, 137 (1980).

5.  R. Freeman, "Some Developments in Two-Dimensional Fourier Transform NMR," Bull. Magn. Reson., 1, 22 (1980).

6.  R. Freeman, "NMR Spectroscopy in Two Frequency Domains," Proc. R. Soc. London, Ser. A, 373, 149 (1980).

7.  U. Haeberlen, "Achievements of Multiple-Pulse NMR," Philos. Trans. R. Soc.  London, Ser. A, 373, 149 (1980).

8.  K. Nagayama, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy: An Application to the Study of Flexibility of Protein Molecules," Adv. Biophys., 14, 139 (1981).

9.  R.R. Ernst, "The Information Content of Two-Dimensional  Fourier Spectroscopy," in "NMR Spectroscopy: New Methods and Applications," G.C. Levy, Ed., American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1982, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 191, Ch. 4.

10.  G.A. Morris, "Two-Dimensional FT NMR," in "Fourier, Hadamard and Hilbert Transforms in Chemistry," A.G. Marshall, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1982, p. 271.

11.  R. Benn and H. GŸnther, "Modern Pulse Methods in High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 22, 350 (1983).

12.  S. Emid, "Multiple Quantum Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 4, 99 (1983).

13.  D.P. Weitekamp, "Time Domain Multiple Quantum NMR," Adv. Magn. Reson., 11, 111 (1983).

14.  A. Bax, "Two-Dimensional NMR in Liquids," D. Reidel Publishing Co., Boston, MA, 1984.

15.  A. Bax, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 4, 197 (1984).

16.  P.H. Bolton, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy as a Conformational Probe of Cellular Phosphates," Biol. Magn. Reson., 6, 1 (1984).

17.  J.N. Shoolery, "Recent Developments in 13C- and Proton-NMR," J. Nat. Prod., 47, 226 (1984).

18.  C.J. Turner, "Mutipulse NMR in Liquids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 16, 311 (1984).

19.  A. Bax, "A Simple Description of Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 7, 167 (1985).

20.  W. Bremser and W. Fachinger, "Multidimensional Spectroscopy," Magn. Reson. Chem., 23, 1056 (1985).

21.  G.P. Dorbny, "Multiple Quantum NMR: Studies of Molecules in Ordered Phases," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 36, 451 (1985).

22.  U. Haeberlen, "Mutiple Pulse Techniques in Solid State NMR," Magn. Reson. Rev., 10, 81 (1985).

23.  W. McFarlane and D.S. Rycroft, "Multiple Resonance," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 16, 293 (1985).

24.  K. MŸller, P. Meier and G. Kothe, "Multipulse Dynamic NMR of Liquid Crystal Polymers," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 17, 211 (1985).

25.  D.L. Turner, "Basic Two-Dimensional NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 17, 281 (1985).

26.  A. Bax and L. Lerner, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Science (Washington, DC), 232, 960 (1986).

27.  H. Kessler and W. Bermel, "Conformation Analysis of Peptides  by Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," in "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Problems in Stereochemistry and Conformational Analysis," Y. Takeuchi and A.P. Marchand,  Eds., VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1986, Ch. 6.

28.  M.H. Levitt, "Composite Pulses," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 18, 61 (1986).

29.  M. Munowitz and A. Pines, "Multiple-Quantum Nuclear Magnetic  Resonance Spectroscopy," Science (Washington, DC), 233,  525 (1986).

30.  K. Nagayama, "Two-Dimensional NMR Techniques to Determine Molecular Skeleton and Partial Structures of Organic Substances," in "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Problems in Stereochemistry and Conformational Analysis," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1986, Ch. 5.

31.  M.D. Bruch, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy of Liquids," in "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," C. Dybowski and R.L. Lichter, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987, Ch. 3.

32.  W.R. Croasmun and R.M.K. Carlson, Eds., "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1987.

33.  R.R. Ernst, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy: A Powerful Tool for the Investigation of Molecular Structure and Dynamics," Chimia, 41, 323 (1987).

34.  R.R. Ernst, G. Bodenhausen, and A. Wokaun, "Principles of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance in One and Two Dimensions," Oxford University Press, NY, 1987.

35.  K.E. Kšver and G. Batta, "Theoretical and Practical Aspects of One- and Two-Dimensional Heteronuclear Overhauser Experiments and Selective 13C T1-Determinations of Heteronuclear Distances," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 19, 223 (1987).

36.  A. Kumar, "Recent Developments in Homocorrelated 2D NMR Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 9, 96 (1987).

37.  M. Munowitz and A. Pines, "Principles and Applications of Multiple-Quantum NMR," Adv. Chem. Phys., 66, 1 (1987).

38.  D.E. Wemmer, "Two-Dimensional NMR Studies of Biomolecular Structures," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 7.

39.  F.A. Bovey and P.A. Mirau, "2D NMR Spectroscopy of Macromolecules," Acc. Chem. Res., 21, 37 (1988).

40.  B. BlŸmich and H.W. Spiess, "Two-Dimensional Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy: New Possibilities for the Investigation of the Structure and Dynamics of Solid Polymers," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 27, 1655 (1988).

41.  W.S. Brey, Jr., Ed., "Pulse Methods in 1D and 2D Liquid-Phase NMR," Academic Press, NY, 1988.

42.  M. Gielen and R. Willem, "Two-Dimensional NMR Exchange Spectroscopy, a Powerful Tool for the Elucidation of the Dynamic Stereochemistry of Tin Compounds," Top. Phys. Organomet. Chem., 2, p (1988).

43.  R.V. Hosur, G. Govil, and H.T. Miles, "Application of Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy in the Determination of Solution Conformation of Nucleic Acids," Magn. Reson. Chem., 26, 927 (1988).

44.  H. Kessler, M. Gehrke, and C. Griesinger, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy:  Background and Overview of the Experiments," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 27, 490 (1988).

45.  G.E. Martin and A.S. Zektzer, "Long-Range Two-Dimensional Heteronuclear Chemical Shift Correlation," Magn. Reson. Chem., 26, 631 (1988).

46.  G.E. Martin and A.S. Zektzer, "Two-Dimensional NMR Methods for Establishing Molecular Connectivity," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1988.

47.  J. Schraml and J.M. Bellama, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 1988.

48.  W.S. Warren and M.S. Silver, "The Art of Pulse Crafting: Applications to Magnetic Resonance and Laser Spectroscopy," Adv. Magn. Reson., 12, 247 (1988).

49.  R. Willem, "2D NMR Applied to Dynamic Stereochemical Problems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 1 (1988).

50.  A. Bax, "2D NMR and Protein Structure," Annu. Rev. Biochem., 58, 223 (1989).

51.  A.E. Derome, "The Use of NMR Spectroscopy in the Structure Determination of Natural Products: Two-Dimensional Methods," Nat. Prod. Rep., 6, 111 (1989).

52.  L. McIntyre and R. Freeman, "Fast Two-Dimensional Correlation Spectroscopy," J. Magn. Reson., 83, 649 (1989).

53.  J. Paff and B. BlŸmich, "Nonlinear Incoherent Spectroscopy. Two-Dimensional Time-Domain CW Magnetic Resonance," Mol. Phys., 68, 225 (1989).

54.  Atta-Ur-Rahman, "One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Elsevier, NY, 1989.

55.  D.L. Turner, "Recent Developments in Multiple Pulse NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 21, 161 (1989).

56.  B.A. Borgias, M. Gochin, D.J. Kerwood, and T.L. James, "Relaxation Matrix Analysis of 2D NMR Data," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 83 (1990).

57.  U. Eggenberger and G. Bodenhausen, "Modern NMR Pulse Experiments: A Graphic Description of the Evolution of Spin Systems," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 29, 374 (1990).

58.  R.V. Hosur, "Scaling in One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy of Liquids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 1 (1990).

59.  K. Nakanishi, Ed., "One-Dimensional and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectra by Modern Pulse Techniques," University Science Books, Mill Valley, CA, 1990.

60.  C.L. Perrin and T.J. Dwyer, "Application of Two-Dimensional NMR to Kinetics of Chemical Exchange," Chem. Rev., 90, 935 (1990).

61.  K.R. Williams and R.W. King, "The Fourier Transform in Chemistry.  Part 4.  Two-Dimensional Methods," J. Chem. Educ., 67, A125 (1990).

62.  G.M. Clore and A.M. Gronenborn, "Applications of Three- and Four-Dimensional Heteronuclear NMR Spectroscopy to Protein Structure Determination," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 23, 43 (1991).

63.  G.M. Clore and A.M. Gronenborn, "Structures of Larger Proteins in Solution: Three- and Four-Dimensional Heteronuclear NMR Spectroscopy," Science (Washington, DC), 252, 1390 (1991).

64.  G.M. Clore and A.M. Gronenborn, "Two-, Three-, and Four-Dimensional NMR Methods for Obtaining Larger and More Precise Three-Dimensional Structures of Proteins in Solution," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Biophys. Chem., 20, 29 (1991).

65.  C.A. Fyfe, Y. Feng, H. Grondey, G.T. Kokotailo, and H. Gies, "One- and Two-Dimensional High-Resolution Solid-State NMR Studies of Zeolite Lattice Structures," Chem. Rev., 91, 1525 (1991).

66.  H. Kessler, S. Mronga, and G. Gemmecker, "Multidimensional NMR Experiments Using Selective Pulses," Magn. Reson. Chem., 29, 527 (1991).

67.  I. Pelczer and S. Szalma, "Multidimensional NMR and Data Processing," Chem. Rev., 91, 1507 (1991).

68.  H.W. Spiess, "Structure and Dynamics of Solid Polymers from 2D- and 3D-NMR," Chem. Rev., 91, 1321 (1991).

69.  T.J. Norwood, "Multiple-Quantum NMR Methods," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 24, 295 (1992).

70.  H. Friebolin, "Basic One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1993.

71.  G.D. Mateescu and A. Valeriu, "2D NMR Density Matrix and Product Operator Treatment," PTR Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1993.

72.  A.D. Bain, I.W. Burton, and W.F. Reynolds, "Artifacts in Two-Dimensional NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 59 (1994).

73.  W.R. Croasmun and R.M.K. Carlson, Eds., "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1994.

74.  S. Macura, J. Fejzo, W.M. Westler, and J.L. Markley, "Influence of Slow Internal Motion in Proteins on Cross Polarization Rates Determined by Two Dimensional Exchange Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 16, 73 (1994).

75.  P.K. Madhu, R. Christy, R. Grace, and A. Kumar, "Effects of Cross Correlation in 2D NOE Experiments," Bull. Magn. Reson., 16, 115 (1994).

76.  G. Moad, "Applications of Labelling and Multidimensional NMR in the Characterization of Synthetic Polymers," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 29, 287 (1994).

77.  M. Rance, "Sensitivity Improvement in Multidimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 16, 54 (1994).

78.  O.W. Sorensen, "Selective Rotations Using Non-Selective Pulses and Heteronuclear Couplings," Bull. Magn. Reson., 16, 49 (1994).

79.  J. Weber, F. Herrmann, P. Ršsch, and A. Wokaun, "Novel Contour Plot Algorithm for the Processing of 2D and 3D NMR Spectra, Bull. Mag. Reson., 16, 43 (1994).

80.  J.G. Pelton and D.E. Wemmer, "Heteronuclear NMR Pulse Sequences Applied to Biomolecules," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 46, 139 (1995).

81.  M.W. Urban and T. Provder, Eds., "Multidimensional Spectroscopy of Polymers: Vibrational, NMR and Fluorescence Techniques," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1995, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 598.

82.  S. Berger, T. FŠcke, and R. Wagner, "Two-Dimensional Correlation Spectroscopy by Scalar Couplings: a Walk Through the Periodic Table," Magn. Reson. Chem., 34, 4 (1996).

83.  D. Li and N.L. Owen, "Structure Determination Using the NMR 'Inadequate' Technique," Adv. Mol. Struct. Res., 2, 191 (1996).

84.  S. Lacelle and L. Tremblay, "NMR Multiple Quantum Dynamics in Large Spin Neworks," Bull. Magn. Reson., 18, 211 (1997).

85.  T. Parella, "Pulsed Field Gradients:  A New Tool for Routine NMR," Magn. Reson. Chem., 36, 467 (1998).

86.  A. Sodickson and D.G. Cory, "A Generalized k-Space Formalism for Treating the Spatial Aspects of a Variety of NMR Experiments," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 33, 77 (1998).

87.  C. Dalvit and J.-M. Bšhlen, "Proton Phase-Sensitive Pulsed Field Gradient Double-Quantum Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 37, 203 (1999).

88.  I.S. Podkorytov, "Multipulse NMR. Part 3. INADEQUATE Pulse Sequence," Concepts Magn. Reson., 11, 97 (1999).

89.  V.A. Mandelshtam, "Filter Diagonalization Method for Data Processing in NMR Experiments," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 38, 159 (2001).

90.  J. Buddrus and J. Lambert, "Connectivities in Molecules by INADEQUATE: Recent Developments," Magn. Reson. Chem., 40, 3 (2002).

91.  S.W. Cui, "Application  of Two Dimensional (2D) NMR Spectroscopy in the Structural Analysis of Selected Polysaccharides," in "Guns and Stabilisers for the Food Industry," P.A. Williams and G.O Phillips, Eds., Royal Society of Chemistry, London, p. 27 (Special Publications-RSC, 11 (2002)).

92.  R. Freeman and E. Kupce, "New Methods for Fast Multidimensional NMR," J. Biomol. NMR, 27, 101 (2003).

93.  L. Griffiths, "Automatic Analysis of NMR Spectra," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 50, 217 (2003).

94.  W.S. Veeman, "Diffusion in a Closed Sphere," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 50, 201 (2003).

95.  P.F. Flynn, "Multidimensional Multinuclear Solution NMR Studies of Encapsulated Macromolecules," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 45, 31 (2004).

96.  C. Ramanathan, N. Boulant, Z. Chen, D.G. Cory, I. Chuang, and M. Steffen, "NMR Quantum Information Processing," Quantum Inf. Process., 3, 15 (2004).

97.  P.L. Rinaldi, "Three-Dimensional Solution NMR Spectroscopy of Complex Structures and Mixtures," Analyst, 129, 687 (2004).

98.  N. Bross-Walch, T. Kuehn, D. Moskau, and O. Zerbe, "Strategies and Tools for Structure Determination of Natural Products Using Modern Methods of NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Biodiversity, 2, 147 (2005).

99.  J. Brus, "Principles and Applications of Multidimensional NMR Spectroscopy of Solid State Natural Isotope Abundance," Chem. Listy, 99, 99 (2005).

100.  Yu. E. Chernysh, V.A. Volynkin, V.T. Panyushkin, V.I. Kondakov, M.S. Korobov, and G.S. Borodkin, "Use of Selective Methods of Heteronuclear NMR Spectroscopy in Studies of Multicomponent Systems," Russ. Chem. Rev., 74, 317 (2005).

101.  J.C. Cobas, P. Groves, M. Martin-Pastor, and A. De Capua, "New Applications, Processing Methods and Pulse Sequences Using Diffusion NMR," Curr. Anal. Chem., 1, 289 (2005).

102.  I. Noda, "Progress in Two-Dimensional (2D) Correlation Spectroscopy," J. Mol. Struct., 799, 2 (2006).

103.  R. Freeman and E. Kupce, "New Ways to Record Multidimensional NMR Spectra," Curr. Anal. Chem., 2, 101 (2006).

104.  H.T. Pedersen, M. Dyrby, S.B. Engelsen, and R. Bro, "Application of Multi-Way Analysis to 2D NMR Data," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 59, 207 (2006).

105.  T. Szyperski, "Principles and Application of Projected Multidimensional NMR Spectroscopy-G-Matrix Fourier Transform NMR," in "Springer Series in Biophysics," J.L.R. Arrondo and A. Alonso, Eds., Springer Verlag, NY, 2006, Vol. 10, p. 147.

106.  I.S. Oliveira, T.J. Bonagamba, R.S. Sarthour, J.C.C. Freitas, and E.R. deAzevedo, "NMR Quantum Information Processing," Elsevier, NY, 2007.

107.  M.E. Elyashberg, A.J. Williams, and G.E. Martin, "Computer-Assisted Structure Verification and Elucidation Tools in NMR-Based Structure Elucidation," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 53, 1 (2008).

108.  E. Kupce and R. Freeman, "Hyperdimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 52, 22 (2008).

109.  J.H. Simpson, "Organic Structure Determination Using 2-D NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, San Diego, CA, 2008.

110.  I.C. Felli and B. Brutscher, "Recent Advances in Solution NMR: Fast Methods and Heteronuclear Direct Detection," ChemPhysChem, 10, 1356 (2009).

111.  H. Koskela, "Quantitative 2D NMR Studies," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 66, 1 (2009).

112.  R.T. McKay, "Recent Advances in Solvent Suppression for Solution NMR: A Practical Reference," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 66, 33 (2009).

113.  M. Mishkovsky and L. Frydman, "Principles and Progress in Ultrafast Multidimensional NMR," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 60, 429 (2009).

114.  S. Ramadan and C.E. Mountford, "Two-Dimensional Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy on Biopsy and In Vivo," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 65, 161 (2009).

115.  I. Shimada, T. Ueda, M. Matsumoto, M. Sakakura, M. Osawa, K. Takeuchi, N. Nishida, and H. Takahashi, "Cross-Saturation and Transferred Cross-Saturation Experiments," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 54, 123 (2009).

116.  Y.-Q. Song, "A 2D NMR Method to Characterize Granular Structure of Dairy Products," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 55, 324 (2009).

117.  B.E. Coggins, R.A. Venters, and P. Zhou, "Radial Sampling for Fast NMR: Concepts and Practices over Three Decades," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 57, 381 (2010).

118.  K. Kazimierczuk, J. Stanek, A. Zawadzka-Kazimierczuk, and W. Kozminski, "Random Sampling in Multidimemsional NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 57, 420 (2010).

119.  C. Ludwig and M.R. Viant, "Two-Dimensional J-Resolved NMR Spectroscopy: Review of a Key Methodology in the Metabolomics Toolbox," Phytochem. Anal., 21, 22 (2010).

120.  G.A. Morris and J.W. Emsley, Eds., "Multidimensional NMR Methods for the Solution State," Wiley, NY, 2010 (ISBN 978-0-470-77075-7).

121.  I. Noda, "Two-Dimensional Correlation Spectroscopy: Biannual Survey 2007-2009," J. Mol. Struct., 974, 3 (2010).

122.  A. Tai and L. Frydman, "Single-Scan Multidimensional Magnetic Resonance," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 57, 241 (2010).

123.  D. Uhrin, "Recent Developments in Liquid-State INADEQUATE Studies," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 70, 1 (2010).

124.  G. Zheng and W.S. Price, "Solvent Signal Suppression in NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 56, 267 (2010).

125.  J. Finsterbusch, "Multiple-Wave Vector Diffusion-Weighted NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 72, 225 (2011).

126.  J. Furrer, "Recent Developments in HMBC Studies," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 74, 293 (2011).

127.  G.E. Martin, "Using 1,1- and 1,n-ADEQUATE 2D NMR Data in Structure Elucidation Protocols," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 74, 215 (2011).

128.  V. Yu. Orekhov and V.A. Jaravine, "Analysis of Non-Uniformly Sampled Spectra with Multi-Dimensional Decomposition," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 59, 271 (2011).

129.  W. Schoefberger, J. Schlagnitweit, and N. MŸller, "Recent Developments in Heteronuclear Multiple-Bond Correlation Experiments," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 72, 1 (2011).

130.  N. Suryaprakash, "Two-Dimensional Higher Quantum Correlation and Resolved Techniques for the Spectral Analysis of Complex 1H Spectra of Scalar-Coupled Spins," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 72, 61 (2011).

131.  M. Billeter and V. Orekhov, Eds., "Novel Sampling Approaches in Higher Dimensional NMR," Springer Verlag, NY, 2012.

132.  J. Mitchell, T.C. Chandrasekera, and L.F. Gladden, "Numerical Estimation of Relaxation and Diffusion Distributions in Two Dimensions," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 62, 34 (2012).

133.  W.F. Reynolds and D.C. Burns, "Getting the Most Out of HSQC and HMBC Spectra," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 76, 1 (2012).

134.  S.L. Robinette, R. BrŸschweiler, F.C. Schroeder, and A.S. Edison, "NMR in Metabolomics and Natural Products Research: Two Sides of the Same Coin," Acc. Chem. Res., 45, 288 (2012).

135.  T. Herrmann and B. Elena-Herrmann, "Applications of NMR Projection Techniques," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 78, 55 (2013).

136.  M. Hong, "Two-Dimensional NMR Investigations of the Dynamic Conformations of Phospholipids and Liquid Crystals," BiblioScholar, 2013 (ISBN 978-1288824847).

137.  Y. Lin, Y. Huang, S. Cai, and Z. Chen, "Intermolecular Zero Quantum Coherence NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 78, 209 (2013).

138.  A.I. Zenchuk, "Profiles of Multiple Quantum NMR Coherences in a Gas of Spin-1/2 Molecules in Nanopores," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 79, 1 (2013).

139.  K. Bingol and R. Bruschweiler, "Multidimensional Approaches to NMR-Based Metabolomics," Anal. Chem., 86, 47 (2014).

140.  P. Giraudeau, "Quantitative 2D Liquid-State NMR," Magn. Reson. Chem., 52, 259 (2014).

141.  J.C. Hoch, M.W. Maciejewski, M. Mobli, A.D. Schuyler, and A.S. Stern, "Nonuniform Sampling and Maximum Entropy Reconstruction in Multidimensional NMR," Acc. Chem. Res., 47, 708 (2014).

142.  M. Mobli and J.C. Hoch, "Nonuniform Sampling and Non-Fourier Signal Processing Methods in Multidimensional NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 83, 21 (2014);  erratum, 86-87, 80 (2015).

143.  L. Avram and Y. Cohen, "Diffusion NMR of Molecular Cages and Capsules," Chem. Soc. Rev., 44, 586 (2015).

144.  L. Casta–ar and T. Parella, "Recent Advances in Small Molecule NMR: Improved HSQC and HSQMBC Experiments," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 84, 163 (2015).

145.  P. Giraudeau, Ed., "Fast Multi-Dimensional NMR Methods," Magn. Reson. Chem., 53(11; Special Issue), (2015).

146.  M. Nowakowski, S. Saxena, J. Stanek, S. Zerko, and W. Kozminski, "Applications of High Dimensionality Experiments to Biomolecular NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 90-91, 49 (2015).

147.  N. Salvi, "Theoretical Tools for the Design of NMR Relaxation Dispersion Pulse Sequences," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 88-89, 105 (2015).

148.  S. Caldarelli and M. Yemloul, "Multiple-Quantum NMR Studies on Molecular Mixtures," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 87, 1 (2016).

149.  R. Kimmich and N. Fatkullin, "Self-Diffusion Studies by Intra- and Inter-molecular Spin-Lattice Relaxometry Using Field-Cycling: Liquids, Plastic Crystals, Porous Media, and Polymer Segments," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 101, 18 (2017).

150.  M. Nilsson, Ed., "Diffusion NMR," Magn. Reson. Chem., 55(5; Special Issue), (2017).

151.  H. Primasova, P. Bigler, and J. Furrer, "The DEPT Experiment and Some Its Useful Variants," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 92, 1 (2017).

 


III.  FOURIER TRANSFORM AND PULSED NMR

 

1.  R.R. Ernst, "Sensitivity Enhancement in Magnetic Resonance," Adv. Magn. Reson., 2, 1 (1966).

2.  R.R. Ernst and W.A. Anderson, "Application of Fourier Transform Spectroscopy to Magnetic Resonance," Rev. Sci. Instrum., 37, 93 (1966).

3.  G.E. Hall, "Signal-to-Noise Enhancement of NMR Spectra," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 1, 227 (1968).

4.  N. Boden, "Pulsed NMR Methods," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 4, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1971, Ch. 2.

5.  T.C. Farrar and E.D. Becker, "Pulsed and Fourier Transform NMR: Introduction to Theory and Methods," Academic Press, NY, 1971.

6.  G. Horlick, "Fourier Transform Approaches to Spectroscopy," Anal. Chem., 43, 61A (1971).

7.  E.D. Becker and T.C. Farrar, "Fourier Transform Spectroscopy," Science (Washington, DC), 178, 361 (1972).

8.  S.T. Dunn, C.T. Foskett, R. Curbelo, and P.R. Griffiths, "Fourier Transform Spectroscopy in Chemical Research," in "Computers in Chemical and Biochemical Research," C.E. Klopfenstein and C.L. Wilkins, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1972, Vol. 1, p. 107.

9.  "Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy: Instrumentation," Am. Lab., 4(3) (1972).  Seven short articles.

10.  T.C. Farrar, A.A. Maryott, and M.S. Malmberg, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 23, 193 (1972).

11.  D.G. Gillies, "The Application of Fourier Transformation to High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 5A, 557 (1972).

12.  E.G. Hoffmann, W. Stempfle, G. Schroth, B. Weimann, E. Ziegler, and J. Brandt, "Use of a Computer in NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 11, 375 (1972).

13.  G. Horlick, "Digital Data Handling of Spectra Utilizing FT," Anal. Chem., 44, 943 (1972).

14.  D.A. Netzel, "Pulse Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy," Appl. Spectrosc., 26, 430 (1972).

15.  D.C. Champeney, "Fourier Transforms and Their Physical Applications," Academic Press, NY, 1973.

16.  E.G. Codding and G. Horlick, "Apodization and Phase Information in Fourier Transform Spectroscopy," Appl. Spectrosc., 27, 85  (1973).

17.  J.D. Swalen, T.R. Lusebrink, and D. Ziessow, "Computer Application in Magnetic Resonance," Magn. Reson. Rev., 2, 165 (1973).

18.  E.D. Becker, "Introduction to Pulse and Fourier Transform Methods," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 2.

19.  E.O. Brigham, "The Fast Fourier Transform," Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1974.

20.  R.A. Komoroski and G.C. Levy, "Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy," Magn. Reson. Rev., 3, 289 (1974).

21.  J.W. Cooper, "The Computer in Fourier Transform NMR," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 2, 391 (1976).

22.  K. MŸllen and P.S. Pregosin, "Fourier Transform NMR Techniques: A Practical Approach," Academic Press, NY, 1976.

23.  W.B. Smith and T.W. Proulx, "Pulse NMR-An Old Analytical Technique Oft Neglected by the Chemist," J. Chem. Educ., 53, 700 (1976).

24.  P. Anstey and R.K. Harris, "Computerized NMR," Chem. Brit., 13, 303 (1977).

25.  P. Griffiths, Ed., "Transform Techniques in Chemistry," Plenum Press, NY, 1978.

26.  D. Shaw, "Experimental Methods," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 2.

27.  J.C. Lindon and A.G. Ferringe, "Digitisation and Data Processing in Fourier Transform NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 14, 27 (1980).

28.  E. Fukushima and S.B.W. Roeder, "Experimental Pulse NMR: A Nuts and Bolts Approach," Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1981.

29.  R. Geick, "Fourier Transform NMR," Top. Curr. Chem., 95, 89 (1981).

30.  C. Brevard, "Multinuclear Instrumentation and Observation," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 1, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 1.

31.  P.H. Bolton, "Techniques That Can Enhance Sensitivity, Improve Resolution, Correlate NMR Spectral Parameters, and Lead to Structural Information," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 1, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 2.

32.  C.L. Dumoulin and G.C. Levy, "Computational Considerations," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 3.

33.  D.L. Rabenstein, "Sensitivity Enhancement by Signal Averaging in Pulsed Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy," J. Chem. Educ., 61, 909 (1984).

34.  D. Shaw, "Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., Elsevier, NY, 1984 (reprinted with corrections in paperback, 1987).

35.  R.S. Macomber, "A Primer on Fourier Transform NMR," J. Chem. Educ., 62, 213 (1985).

36.  R.N. Bracewell, "The Fourier Transform and Its Applications," 2nd ed., McGraw-Hill, NY, 1986.

37.  V. Cizek, "Discrete Fourier Transforms and Their Applications," Hilger, London, 1986.

38.  N. Chandrakumar and S. Subramanian, "Modern Techniques in High Resolution FT-NMR," Springer Verlag, NY, 1987.

39.  T.C. Farrar, "Pulse Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: An Introduction to the Theory and Applications," Farragut Press, Chicago, IL, 1987.

40.  I.P. Gerothanassis, "Methods of Avoiding the Effects of Acoustic Ringing in Pulsed Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 19, 267 (1987).

41.  L. Glasser, "Fourier Transforms for Chemists. Part I. Introduction to the Fourier Transform," J. Chem. Educ., 64, A228 (1987).

42.  L. Glasser, "Fourier Transforms for Chemists. Part II. Fourier Transforms in Chemistry and Spectroscopy," J. Chem. Educ., 64, A260 (1987).

43.  L. Glasser, "Fourier Transforms for Chemists. Part III. Fourier Transforms in Data Treatment," J. Chem. Educ., 64, A306 (1987).

44.  A.D. Bain, "The Superspin Formalism for Pulse NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 295 (1988).

45.  L.J. Schwartz, "A Step-by-Step Picture of Pulsed (Time-Domain) NMR" J. Chem. Educ., 65, 959 (1988).

46.  W.S. Warren, "Effects of Pulse Shaping in Laser Spectroscopy and NMR," Science (Washington, DC), 242, 878 (1988).

47.  J.P. Chesick, "Fourier Analysis and Structure Determination.  Part 1.  Fourier Transforms," J. Chem. Educ., 66, 128 (1989).

48.  J.P. Chesick, "Fourier Analysis and Structure Determination.  Part 2.  Pulse NMR and NMR Imaging," J. Chem. Educ., 66, 283 (1989).

49.  R.W. King and K.R. Williams, "The Fourier Transform in Chemistry.  Part 1.  NMR:  Introduction," J. Chem. Educ., 66, A213 (1989).

50.  R.W. King and K.R. Williams, "The Fourier Transform in Chemistry.  Part 2.  NMR:  The Single Pulse Experiment," J. Chem. Educ., 66, A243 (1989).

51.  R.N. Bracewell, "Numerical Transforms," Science (Washington, DC), 248, 697 (1990).

52.  A.G. Marshall and F.R. Verdum, "Fourier Transforms in NMR, Optical and Mass Spectrometry," Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1990.

53.  K.R. Williams and R.W. King, "The Fourier Transform in Chemistry.  Part 3.  Multiple-Pulse Experiments," J. Chem. Educ., 67, A93 (1990).

54.  R.W. King and K.R. Williams, "The Fourier Transform in Chemistry-NMR.  A Glossary of NMR Terms," J. Chem. Educ., 67, A100 (1990).

55.  P.J. Treado and M.D. Morris, "Hadamard Transform Spectroscopy and Imaging," Spectrochim. Acta Rev., 13, 355 (1990).

56.  K.R. Williams and R.W. King, "The Fourier Transform in Chemistry.  Part 4.  Two-Dimensional Methods," J. Chem. Educ., 67, A125 (1990).

57.  R.E. Hoffman and G.C. Levy, "Modern Methods of NMR Data Processing and Data Evaluation," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 23, 211 (1991).

58.  D.M.S. Bagguley, Ed., "Pulsed Magnetic Resonance: NMR, ESR and Optics," Clarendon Press, NY, 1992.

59.  T. Rizvi, "Pulse Techniques in High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Sci. Int., 4, 319 (1992).

60.  R. Freeman, "The Fourier Transform Revolution in NMR Spectroscopy," Anal. Chem., 65, 743A (1993).

61.  R.R. Ernst, "NMR Fourier Transform Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 16, 5 (1994).

62.  J. Jenner, "Emphasizing the Role of Time in Quantum Dynamics," Bull. Magn. Reson., 16, 35 (1994).

63.  D.K. Graff, "Fourier and Hadamard: Transforms in Spectroscopy," J. Chem. Educ., 72, 304 (1995).

64.  R.R. Williams, "Spectroscopy and the Fourier Transform," Wiley/VCH, NY, 1995.

65.  S.J. Glaser and J.J. Quant, "Homonuclear and Heteronuclear Hartmann-Hahn Transfer in Isotropic Liquids," Adv. Magn. Opt. Reson., 19, 59 (1996).

66.  J.C. Hoch and A.S. Stern, "NMR Data Processing," Wiley, NY, 1996.

67.  D.N. Rutledge, "Signal Treatment and Signal Analysis in NMR," in "Data Handling in Science and Technology," Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1996, Vol. 18.

68.  P. Bigler, "NMR Spectroscopy: Processing Strategies," Wiley/VCH, NY, 1997.

69.  S. Berger, "NMR Techniques Employing Selective Radiofrequency Pulses in Combination with Pulsed Field Gradients," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 30, 137 (1997).

70.  D. Canet, "Radiofrequency Field Gradient Experiments," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 30, 101 (1997).

71.  P. Hodgkinson and P.J. Hore, "Sampling and the Quantification of NMR Data," Adv. Magn. Opt. Reson., 20, 187 (1997).

72.  G.A. Morris, H. Barjat, and T.J. Horne, "Reference Deconvolution Methods," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 31, 197 (1997).

73.  R. Freeman, "Shaped Radiofrequency Pulses in High Resolution NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 32, 59 (1998).

74.  P. Koehl, "Linear Prediction Spectral Analysis of NMR Data, "Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 34, 257 (1999).

75.  W.S. Price, "Water Signal Suppression in NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 38, 289 (1999).

76.  C. Roumestand, C. Delay, J.A. Gavin, and D. Canet, "Practical Approach to Implementation of Selectivity in Homonuclear Multidimensional NMR with Frequency Selective-Filtering Techniques.  Application to the Chemical Structure Elucidation of Complex Oligosaccharides," Magn. Reson. Chem., 37, 451 (1999).

77.  P. Bigler, "NMR Spectroscopy: Processing Strategies," 2nd ed., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2000.

78.  J. Kauppinen and J. Partanen, "Fourier Transforms in Spectroscopy," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2001.

79.  D. Jeannerat, "Computer Processing Techniques in High-Resolution NMR," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 46, 152 (2002).

80.  W.F. Reynolds and R.G. Enriquez, "Choosing the Best Pulse Sequences, Acquisition Parameters, Postacquisition Processing Strategies, and Probes for Natural Product Structure Elucidation by NMR Spectroscopy," J. Nat. Prod., 65, 221 (2002).

81.  E. Kupce, T. Nishida, and R. Freeman, "Hadamard NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 42, 95 (2003).

82.  R. Kimmich and E. Anoardo, "Field-Cycling NMR Relaxometry," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 44, 257 (2004).

83.  S. Zhang, "Phase Incremented Pulses in NMR with Applications," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 53, 1 (2004).

84.  C. Szantay, Jr., "NMR and the Uncertainty Principle. How to and How Not to Interpret Homogeneous Line Broadening and Pulse Nonselectivity. Part 1," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 30, 309 (2007);  "Part 2," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 32, 1 (2008);  "Part 3," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 32, 302 (2008).

85.  N. Chandrakumar, "1D Double Quantum Filter NMR Studies," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 67, 265 (2009).

86.  V.V. Krishnan and N. Murali, "Radiation Damping in Modern NMR Experiments: Progress and Challenges," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 68, 41 (2013).

87.  P.T. Callaghan, "Translational Dynamics and Magnetic Resonance: Principles of Pulsed Gradient Spin Echo NMR," Oxford University Press, NY, 2014 (ISBN 978-0198700821 paperback).

88.  G.H. Sorland, "Dynamic Pulsed-Field-Gradient NMR," Springer Verlag, NY, 2014 (Springer Series in Chemical Physics, Vol. 110)(ISBN 978-3662444993).

89.  J. Jeener and G. Alewaeters, "'Pulse Pair Techniques in High Resolution NMR': A Reprint of the Historical 1971 Lecture Notes on Two Dimensional Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 94-95, 75 (2016).

90.  M. Mobli and J. Hoch, Eds., "Fast NMR Data Acquisition: Beyond the Fourier Transformation," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2016 (New Developments in NMR, 11; ISBN 978-1849736190).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


IV.  CHEMICAL SHIFTS AND COUPLING CONSTANTS

 

1.  S. Sternhell, "Long-Range H1-H1 Spin-Spin Coupling in NMR Spectroscopy," Rev. Pure Appl. Chem., 14, 15 (1964).

2.  M. Barfield and D.M. Grant, "Theory of Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling," Adv. Magn. Reson., 1, 149 (1965).

3.  A.A. Bothner-By, "Geminal and Vicinal Proton-Proton Coupling Constants in Organic Compounds," Adv. Magn. Reson., 1, 195  (1965).

4.  W.N. Lipscomb, "The Chemical Shift and Other Second-Order Magnetic and Electric Properties of Small Molecules," Adv. Magn. Reson., 2, 138 (1966).

5.  J.I. Musher, "Theory of the Chemical Shift," Adv. Magn. Reson., 2, 177  (1966).

6.  H. Batiz-Hernandez and R.A. Bernheim, "The Isotope Shift," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 3, 63 (1967).

7.  P. Laszlo, "Solvent Effects and NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 3, 231 (1967).

8.  D.E. O'Reilly, "Chemical Shift Calculations," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson.  Spectrosc., 2, 1 (1967).

9.  R.F. ZŸrcher, "The Cause and Calculation of Proton Chemical Shifts in Nonconjugated Organic Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 2, 205 (1967).

10.  M. Barfield and B. Charkrabarti, "Long-Range Proton Spin-Spin Coupling," Chem. Rev., 69, 757 (1969).

11.  W. McFarlane, "Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling Constants Between Directly Bound Elements," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 23, 187 (1969).

12.  S. Sternhell, "Correlation of Interproton Spin-Spin Coupling Constants with Structure," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 23, 236 (1969).

13.  J.N. Murrell, "The Theory of Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling in High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 6, 1 (1971).

14.  V.F. Bystrov, "Spin-Spin Interaction Between Geminal and Vicinal Protons," Russ. Chem. Rev., 41, 281 (1972).

15.  J.H. Goldstein, V.S. Watts, and L.S. Rattet, "13CH Satellite NMR Spectra," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 8, 103 (1972).

16.  S.L. Smith, "Solvent Effects and NMR Coupling Constants," Fortschr. Chem. Forsch., 27, 117 (1972).

17.  M.T. Tribble and J.G. Traynham, "Linear Correlations of Substituent Effects in 1H, 19F and 13C NMR Spectroscopy," in "Advances in Linear Free Energy Relationships," N.B. Chapman and J. Shorter, Eds., Plenum Press, NY, 1972, Ch. 4.

18.  M. Barfield and M.D. Johnston, Jr., "Solvent Dependence of Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Chem. Rev., 73, 53 (1973).

19.  B.R. Appleman and B.P. Dailey, "Magnetic Shielding and Susceptibility Anisotropies," Adv. Magn. Reson., 7, 231 (1974).

20.  V.M.S. Gil and C.F.G.C. Geraldes, "Uses and Misuses of 13C-H Coupling Constants Between Directly Bonded Nuclei," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 14.

21.  G.E. Maciel, "13C-13C Coupling Constants," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 13.

22.  J.L. Marshall, D.E. Miiller, S.A. Conn, R. Siewell, and A.M. Ihrig, "Long-Range Carbon-Proton and Carbon-Carbon Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Acc. Chem. Res., 7, 333 (1974).

23.  R.E. Wasylishen, "Influence of Lone-Pair Orientation on Some Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling Constants. INDO Molecular Orbital Calculations of Nitrogen-Proton Coupling Constants Over Two and Three Bonds," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 8.

24.  D.F. Ewing, "Two-Bond Couplings Between Protons and Carbon-13," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 6A, 389 (1975).

25.  J. Hilton and L.H. Sutcliffe, "The 'Through-Space' Mechanism in Spin-Spin Coupling," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 10, 27 (1975).

26.  J. Homer, "Solvent Effects on NMR Chemical Shifts," Appl. Spectrosc. Rev., 9, 1 (1975).

27.  W.B. Jennings, "Chemical Shift Nonequivalence in Prochiral Groups," Chem. Rev., 75, 307 (1975).

28.  F.H.A. Rummens, "Van der Waals Forces and Shielding Effects," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 10, 1 (1975).

29.  M. Barfield, R.J. Spear, and S. Sternhell, "Allylic Interproton Spin-Spin Coupling," Chem. Rev., 76, 593 (1976).

30.  V.F. Bystrov, "Spin-Spin Coupling and the Conformational States of Peptide Systems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 10, 41 (1976).

31.  P.D. Ellis and R. Ditchfield, "Theory of Indirect Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling Constants with Applications to Carbon-13 NMR," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 2, 433 (1976).

32.  W.J. Hehre, R.W. Taft, and R.D. Topsom, "Ab Initio  Calculations of Charge Distributions in Monosubstituted Benzenes and in Meta- and Para- Substituted Fluorobenzenes. Comparison with 1H, 13C and 19F NMR Substituent Shifts," Prog. Phys. Org. Chem., 12, 159 (1976).

33.  J. Mason, "Correlations in Nuclear Magnetic Shielding. Part I," Adv. Inorg. Chem. Radiochem., 18, 197 (1976).

34.  J. Kowalewski, "Calculations of Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 11, 1 (1977).

35.  R.E. Wasylishen, "Spin-Spin Coupling Between Carbon-13 and the First Row Nuclei," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 7, 246 (1977).

36.  G.A. Webb, "Background Theory of NMR Parameters," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 3.

37.  C.W. Haigh and R.B. Mallion, "Ring Current Theories in NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc.,13, 303 (1979).

38.  J. Mason, "Correlations in Nuclear Magnetic Shielding. Part II," Adv. Inorg. Chem. Radiochem., 22, 199 (1979).

39.  V. Wray, "Carbon-Carbon Coupling Constants: A Compilation of Data and a Practical Guide," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 13, 177 (1979).

40.  P.E. Hansen, "Carbon-Hydrogen Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 14, 175 (1981).

41.  P.E. Hansen, "Carbon-Carbon Coupling Constants: Discussion," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 11A, 66 (1981).

42.  P.E. Hansen and V. Wray, "One Bond 13C-13C Couplings," Org. Magn. Reson., 15, 102 (1981).

43.  V. Wray and P.E. Hansen, "Carbon-Carbon Coupling Constants: Data," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 11A, 99 (1981).

44.  J. Kowalewski, "Calculations of Nuclear Spin-Spin Couplings," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 12, 81 (1982).

45.  S.J. Perkins, "Applications of Ring Current Calculations to the 1H NMR Spectra of the Protein and Transfer RNA," Biol. Magn. Reson., 4, 193 (1982).

46.  D.J. Craik, "Substituent Effects on Nuclear Shielding," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 15, 1 (1983).

47.  D.J. Craik and R.T.C. Brownlee, "Substituent Effects on Chemical  Shifts in the Sidechains of Aromatic Systems," Prog. Phys. Org. Chem., 14, 1 (1983).

48.  P.E. Hansen, "Isotope Effects on Nuclear Shielding," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 15, 105 (1983).

49.  J.L. Marshall, "Carbon-Carbon and Carbon-Proton NMR Couplings," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1983.

50.  G.A. Webb, "The Calculation and Some Applications of Nuclear Shielding," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F. G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 29 (1983).

51.  G.A. Webb, "Calculations of Spin-Spin Couplings," in  "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F. G.  Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 63 (1983).

52.  G.A. Webb, "Factors Contributing to the Observed Chemical Shifts of Heavy Nuclei," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 1, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 4.

53.  R.H. Contreras, M.A. Natiello, and G.E. Scuseria, "Mechanisms Which Produce Spin-Spin Coupling in NMR," Magn. Reson. Rev., 9, 239 (1985).

54.  R.M. Horak, P.S. Steyn, and R. Vleggaar, "Carbon-Carbon Coupling Constants Derived from Biosynthetic Studies," Magn. Reson. Rev.,  23, 995 (1985).

55.  H. Duddeck, "Substituent Effects on 13C Chemical Shifts in Aliphatic Molecular Systems," Top. Stereochem., 16, 219 (1986).

56.  C.J. Jameson and H.J. Osten, "Theoretical Aspects of Isotope Effects on Nuclear Shielding," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 17, 1 (1986).

57.  V. Mlynarik, "Measurements of Spin Coupling Constants to Quadrupolar Nuclei via Relaxation Studies," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 18, 277 (1986).

58.  M. Barfield, "Spin-Spin Coupling in Peptides," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 4.

59.  R.H. Contreras, C.G. Giribet, M.C. Ruiz de Azua, and A.C. Diz, "The IPPP Method as a Complementary Tool for High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 3.

60.  H. Fukui, "Methods of Calculating NMR Chemical Shifts," Magn. Reson. Rev., 11, 205 (1987).

61.  J.B. Grutzner, "Chemical Shift Theory. Orbital Symmetry and Charge Effects on Chemical Shifts," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 2.

62.  C.J. Jameson, "Spin-Spin Coupling," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 4.

63.  C.J. Jameson and J. Mason, "The Chemical Shift," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 3.

64.  P.E. Hansen, "Isotope Effects in Nuclear Shielding," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 207 (1988).

65.  V.M.S. Gil and W. Von Philipsborn, "Effect of Electron Lone-Pairs on Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Magn. Reson. Chem., 27, 409 (1989).

66.  D.B. Chesnut, "Some Recent ab initio Calculations of the NMR Chemical Shift," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 21, 51 (1989).

67.  I. Ando, T. Yamanobe, H. Kurosu, and G.A. Webb, "NMR Nuclear Shielding and the Electronic Structures of Macromolecules," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 22, 205 (1990).

68.  S. Berger, J.M. Risley, N.M. Sergeyev, and R.L. Van Etten, "Isotope Effects in NMR Spectroscopy," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 22, 1 (1990).

69.  B. Wrackmeyer and K. Horchler, "NMR Parameters of Alkynes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 209 (1990).

70.  E. Buncel and J.R. Jones, Eds., "Isotopic Applications in NMR Studies," Elsevier Science Publishers, New York, NY, 1991 (Isotopes in the Physical and Biomedical Sciences, Vol. 2).

71.  L.B. Krivdin and E.W. Della, "Spin-Spin Coupling Constants Between Carbons Separated by More Than One Bond," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 23, 301 (1991).

72.  R.H. Contreras and J.C. Facelli, "Advances in Theoretical and Physical Aspects of Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 27, 255 (1993).

73.  J.A. Tossell, Ed., "Nuclear Magnetic Shieldings and Molecular Structure," Kluwer, Boston, MA, NATO Advanced Science Institute Series, Series C, 386 (1993).

74.  D.B. Chesnut, "Ab Initio Calculations of NMR Chemical Shielding," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 29, 71 (1994).

75.  A.C. de Dios and C.J. Jameson, "The NMR Chemical Shift: Insight into Structure and Environment," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 29, 1 (1994).

76.  D.B. Chestnut, "The Ab Initio Computation of NMR Chemical Shielding," Rev. Comput. Chem., 8, 245 (1996).

77.  A.C. de Dios, "Ab Initio Calculations of the NMR Chemical Shift," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 29, 229 (1996).

78.  A.C. de Dios and E. Oldfield, "Recent Progress in Understanding Chemical Shifts," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 6, 101 (1996).

79.  J.F. Hinton, K. Wolinski, P. Kozlowski, and P. Pulay, "Are NMR Chemical Shift Calculations of Small Molecules Inexpensive? You Get What You Pay For!," Bull. Magn. Reson., 18, 127 (1996).

80.  C.J. Jameson, "Understanding NMR Chemical Shifts," Ann. Rev. Phys. Chem., 47, 135 (1996).

81.  H. Fukui, "Theory and Calculation of Nuclear Shielding Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 31, 317 (1997).

82.  W.A. Thomas, "Unravelling Molecular Structure and Conformation: the Modern Role of Coupling Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 30, 183 (1997).

83.  R.J. Abraham, "Model for the Calculation of Proton Chemical Shifts in Nonconjugated Organic Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 35, 85 (1999).

84.  M. Buhl, M. Kaupp, O.L. Malkina, and V.G. Malkin, "The DFT Route to NMR Chemical Shifts," J. Comput. Chem., 20, 91 (1999).

85.  J.C. Facelli and A.C. de Dios, Eds., "Modeling NMR Chemical Shifts," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1999, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 732.

86.  H. Fukui, "Theory and Calculation of Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 35, 267 (1999).

87.  T. Helgaker, M. Jaszunski, and K. Ruud, "Ab Initio Methods for the Calculation of NMR Shielding and Indirect Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Chem. Rev., 99, 293 (1999).

88.  J. Klinowski and T.L. Barr, "NMR and ESCA Chemical Shifts in Aluminosilicates: a Critical Discussion," Acc. Chem. Res., 32, 633 (1999).

89.  D.A. Case, "Interpretation of Chemical Shifts and Coupling Constants in Macromolecules," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 10, 197 (2000).

90.  H. Dahn, "Understanding Chemical Shifts in ¹ Systems:  13C, 15N, 17O NMR," J. Chem. Educ., 77, 905 (2000).

91.  R.H. Contreras, J.E. Peralta, C.G. Giribet, M.C. Ruiz de Azua, and J.C. Facelli," Advances in Theoretical and Physical Aspects of Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 41, 55 (2000).

92.  R.H. Contreras and J.E. Peralta, "Angular Dependence of Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 37, 321 (2000).

93.  P. Lazzeretti, "Ring Currents," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 36, 1 (2000).

94.  D.L. Bryce and R.E. Wasylishen, "Ab Initio Calculations of NMR Parameters for Diatomic Molecules," J. Chem. Educ., 78, 124 (2001).

95.  A.J. Dingley, F. Cordier, and S. Grzesiek, "Introduction to Hydrogen Bond Scalar Couplings," Concepts Magn. Reson., 13, 103 (2001).

96.  B.L. Marquez, W.H. Gerwick, and R.T. Williamson, "Survey of NMR Experiments for the Determination of nJ(C,H) Heteronuclear Coupling Constants in Small Molecules," Magn. Reson. Chem., 39, 499 (2001).

97.  P.E. Hansen, "Intrinsic Deuterium Isotope Effects on NMR Chemical Shifts of Hydrogen Bonded Systems," Nukleonika, 47, S37 (2002).

98.  A. Majumdar and D.J. Patel, "Identifying Hydrogen Bond Alignments in Multistranded DNA Architectures by NMR," Acc. Chem. Res., 35, 1 (2002).

99.  G.E. Martin, "Qualitative & Quantitative Exploitation of Heteronuclear Coupling Constants," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 46, 37 (2002).

100.  B. Simon and M. Sattler, "De Novo Structure Determination from Residual Dipolar Couplings by NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 41, 437 (2002).

101.  J. Vaara, J. Jokisarri, R.E. Wasylishen, and D.L. Bryce, "Spin-Spin Coupling Tensors as Determined by Experiment & Computational Chemistry," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 41, 233 (2002).

102.  R.H. Contreras, V. Barone, J.C. Facelli, and J.E. Peralta, "Advances in Theoretical and Physical Aspects of Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 51, 167 (2003).

103.  P.J. Wilson, "Density Functional Theory and Its Application to NMR Shielding Constants," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 49, 117 (2003).

104.  T. Dziembowska, P.E. Hansen, and Z. Rozwadowski, "Studies Based on Deuterium Isotope Effect on 13C Chemical Shifts," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 45, 1 (2004).

105.  R.A. Edden and J. Keeler, "Development of a Method for the Measurement of Long-Range 13C-1H Coupling Constants from HMBC Spectra," J. Magn. Reson., 166, 53 (2004).

106.  M. Kaupp, M. BŸhl, and V.G. Malkin, Eds., "Calculation of NMR and EPR Parameters," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2004.

107.  U. Sternberg, R. Witter, and A.S. Ulrich, "3D Structure Determination Using NMR Chemical Shifts," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 52, 53 (2004).

108.  Z. Chen, C.S. Wannere, C. Corminboeuf, R. Puchta, and P.R. Schleyer, "Nucleus-Independent Chemical Shifts (NICS) as an Aromaticity Criterion," Chem. Rev., 105, 3842 (2005).

109.  R.M. Gschwind, "Residual Dipolar Coupling: a Valuable NMR Parameter for Small Organic Molecules," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 44, 4666 (2005).

110.  T. Heine, C. Corminboeuf, and G. Seifert, "The Magnetic Shielding Function of Molecules and p-Electron Delocalization," Chem. Rev., 105, 3889 (2005).

111.  G.E. Martin and A.J. Williams, "Long-Range 1H-15N Heteronuclear Shift Correlations," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 55, 1 (2005).

112.  C. Gardiennet-Doucet, B. Henry, and P. Tekely, "Probing the Ionisation State of Functional Groups by Chemical Shift Tensor Fingerprints," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 49, 129 (2006).

113.  J. Autschbach, "Density Functional Theory Applied to Calculating Optical and Spectroscopic Properties of Metal Complexes: NMR and Optical Activity," Coord. Chem. Rev., 251, 1796 (2007).

114.  L.B. Krivdin and R.H. Contreras, "Recent Advances in Theoretical Calculations of Indirect Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 61, 133 (2007).

115.  S. Platzer, R.R. Gupta, M.D. Jain, H. Duddeck, and B. Mikhova, Eds., "Chemical Shifts and Coupling Constants for Fluorine, Nitrogen," in "Landolt-Berstein New Series: NMR Data," Springer Verlag, NY, 2007 (ISBN 3-540-41027-9).

116.  I. Alkorta, J. Elguero, and G.S. Denisov, "A Review with Comprehensive Data on Experimental Indirect Scalar NMR Spin-Spin Coupling Constants Across Hydrogen Bonds," Magn. Reson. Chem., 46, 599 (2008).

117.  G.A. Aucar, "Understanding NMR J-Couplings by the Theory of Polarization Propagators," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 32, 88 (2008).

118.  T. Helgaker, M. Jaszunski, and M. Pecul, "The Quantum-Chemical Calculation of NMR Indirect Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 53, 249 (2008).

119.  M. BŸhl, "DFT Computations of Transition-Metal Chemical Shifts," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 64, 77 (2008).

120.  J. Autschbach and S. Zheng, "Relativistic Computations of NMR Parameters from First Principles: Theory and Applications," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 67, 1 (2009).

121.  S. Jankowski, "Application of NMR Spectroscopy in Isotope Effects Studies," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 68, 149 (2009).

122.  G. Kummerlšwe and B. Luy, "Residual Dipolar Couplings for the Configurational and Conformational Analysis of Organic Molecules," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 68, 193 (2009).

123.  J.R. Yates, "Prediction of NMR J-Coupling in Solids with the Planewave Pseudopotential Approach," Magn. Reson. Chem., 48, S23 (2010).

124.  Z. Chen, Y. Huang, Y. Lin, and S. Cai, "Accurate Measurement of Small J Couplings," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 72, 157 (2011).

125.  J.C. Facelli, "Chemical Shift Tensors: Theory and Application to Molecular Structural Problems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 58, 176 (2011).

126.  C. Bonhomme, C. Gervais F. Babonneau, C. Coelho, F. Pourpoint, T. Aza•s, S.E. Ashbrook, J.M. Griffin, J.R. Yates, F. Mauri, and C.J. Pickard, "First-Principles Calculation of NMR Parameters Using the Gauge Including Projector Augmented Wave Method: A ChemistÕs Point of View," Chem. Rev., 112, 5733 (2012).

127.  A.C. de Dios and C.L. Jameson, "Recent Advances in Nuclear Shielding Calculations," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 77, 1 (2012).

128.  M.W. Lodewyk, M.R. Siebert, and D.J. Tantillo, "Computational Predictions of 1H and 13C Chemical Shifts. A Useful Tool for Natural Product, Mechanistic, and Synthetic Organic Chemistry," Chem. Rev., 112, 1839 (2012).

129.  T. Parella and F. Espinosa, "Long-Range Proton-Carbon Coupling Constants: NMR Methods and Applications," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 73, 17 (2013).

130.  M.P. Williamson, "Using Chemical Shift Perturbation to Characterise Ligand Binding," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 73, 1 (2013); 80, 64 (2014).

131.  J.-C. Hierso, "Indirect Nonbonded Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling: A Guide for the Recognition and Understanding of ÒThrough-SpaceÓ NMR J Constants in Small Organic, Organometallic, and Coordination Compounds," Chem. Rev., 114, 4838 (2014).

132.  E. Kleinpeter, "Quantification and Visualization of the Anisotropy Effect in NMR Spectroscopy by Through-Space NMR Shieldings," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 82, 115 (2014).

133.  P. Salvador, "Dependencies of J-Couplings Upon Dihedral Angles on Proteins," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 81, 185 (2014).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


V.  MULTINUCLEAR NMR

 

A.  General

1.  P.C. Lauterbur, "NMR Spectra of Elements Other than Hydrogen and Fluorine," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 2, F.C. Nachod and W.D. Phillips, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1962, Ch. 7.

2.  G. Mavel, "Studies of Phosphorus Compounds Using the Magnetic Resonance Spectra of Nuclei Other than Phosphorus-31," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 1, 251 (1966).

3.  P.R. Wells, "NMR Spectra of the Heavier Elements," in Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 4, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1971, Ch. 5.

4.  J. Winter, "Magnetic Resonance in Metals," Oxford University Press, NY, 1971.

5.  R.H. Cox, "NMR of Other Nuclei," Magn. Reson. Rev., 1, 271 (1972).

6.  R.R. Sharp, "NMR of Less-Sensitive Spin 1/2 Nuclei," Prog. Anal. Chem., 6, 123 (1973).

7.  E.D. Becker, "Nuclei Other than Hydrogen: A Review of Some Nuclear Properties and a Discussion of Their Relaxation Mechanisms," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 1.

8.  R.H. Cox, "NMR of Other Nuclei," Magn. Reson. Rev., 3, 207 (1974).

9.  G.E. Maciel, "Pulse Fourier Transform NMR with Metal Nuclei," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 23.

10.  V.S. Pertosyan and O.A. Reutov, "Study of the Structure and Complexation of Organic and Inorganic Derivatives of Metal by Means of NMR Spectroscopy of Heavy Nuclei," Pure Appl. Chem., 37, 147 (1974).

11.  G.A. Webb, "NMR of Nuclei Other than 1H and 19F," Magn. Reson. Rev., 3, 327 (1974).

12.  R.K. Harris, "NMR and the Periodic Table," Chem. Soc. Rev., 5, 1 (1976).

13.  K.A.K. Ebraheem and G.A. Webb, "Semi-Empirical Calculations of the Chemical Shifts of Nuclei Other than Protons," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 11, 149 (1977).

14.  I.K. O'Neill, "Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy Through the Periodic Table," Proc. Anal. Div. Chem. Soc., 14, 190 (1977).

15.  H. Wennerstrom and G. Lindblom, "Biological and Model Membranes Studied by NMR of Spin 1/2 Nuclei," Quart. Rev. Biophys., 10, 67 (1977).

16.  R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., "NMR and the Periodic Table," Academic Press, NY, 1978.

17.  B.E. Mann, "The Common Nuclei," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 4.

18.  F.W. Wehrli, "NMR of the Less Common Quadrupolar Nuclei," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 9, 126 (1979).

19.  C. Brevard and P. Granger, "Handbook of High Resolution Multinuclear NMR," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1981.

20.  J.J. Dechter, "NMR of Metal Nuclides. Part I. The Main Group Metals," Prog. Inorg. Chem., 29, 285 (1982).

21.  P. Granger, "NMR of Less Common Nuclei," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 15.

22.  J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103 (1983).

23.  P. Laszlo, Ed., "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Academic Press, NY, 1983 (two volumes).

24.  C.T. Burt and J.A. Koutcher, "Multinuclear NMR Studies of Naturally Occurring Nuclei," J. Nucl. Med., 25, 237 (1984).

25.  T. Drakenberg, "NMR of Less Common Quadrupolar Nuclei," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 17, 231 (1986).

26.  J. Mason, Ed., "Multinuclear NMR," Plenum Press, NY, 1987.

27.  M.J. Shapiro, "Structure Assignment with High Resolution NMR: Experimental Results," in "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," C. Dybowski and R.L. Lichter, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987, Ch. 5.

28.  H.Y. Aboul-Enein, "Reference Standards for Multinuclear NMR," Anal. Instrum. (N.Y.), 17, 291 (1988).

29.  B. BlŸmich, "High Resolution Solid State NMR of Quadrupolar Nuclei," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 28, 1429 (1989).

30.  P. Granger and R.K. Harris, Eds., "Multinuclear Magnetic Resonance in Liquids and Solids: Chemical Applications," Kluwer, Boston, MA, NATO Advanced Science Institute Series, Series C, 320 (1990).

31.  B.E. Mann, "The Cinderella Nuclei," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 23, 141 (1991).

32.  J.A. Davies and S. Dutremeg, "Solid State NMR Studies of d-Block and p-Block Metal Nuclei," Coord. Chem. Rev., 114, 201 (1992).

33.  A. Lycka, "Multinuclear NMR of Azo Dystuffs," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 26, 247 (1993).

34.  T.W. Swaddle, J. Salerno, and P.A. Tregloan, "Aqueous Aluminates, Silicates, and Aluminosilicates," Chem. Soc. Rev., 23, 319 (1994).

35.  N. Chandrakumar, Ed., "Spin-1 NMR," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 34, articles therein (1996).

36.  B. Halle, "Spin Dynamics of Exchanging Quadrupolar Nuclei in Locally Anisotropic Systems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 28, 137 (1996).

37.  S. Berger, S. Braun, H.-O. Kalinowski, and J.K. Becconsall, "NMR Spectroscopy of the Nonmetallic Elements," Wiley, NY, 1997.

38.  J. Nattereer and J. Bargon, "Parahydrogen Induced Polarization," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 31, 293 (1997).

39.  A.P.M. Kentgens, "Off-Resonance Nutation NMR Spectroscopy of Half-Integer Quadrupolar Nuclei," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 32, 141 (1998).

40.  M. Luhmer and J. Reisse, "Quadrupole NMR Relaxation of the Noble Gases Dissolved in Simple Liquids and Solutions.  A Critical Review of Experimental Data in the Light of Computer Simulation Results," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 33, 57 (1998).

41.  S. Gaemers and C.J. Elsevier, "Reducing the NMR Line Widths of Quadrupole Nuclei by Employing Supercritical Solvents," Chem. Soc. Rev., 28, 135 (1999).

42.  M.E. Smith and E.R.H. van Eck, "Recent Advances in Experimental Solid State NMR Methodology for Half-Integer Spin Quadrupolar Nuclei," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 34, 159 (1999).

43.  A. Lycka, "Multinuclear NMR of Azo Dyes and Their Metal Complexes," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 42, 1 (2000).

44.  J.H. Kristensen and I. Farnan, "Anisotropic Relaxation and Motion of Half-Integer Quadrupole Nuclei Studied by Central Transition NMR Spectroscopy," J. Magn. Reson., 158, 99 (2002).

45.  A.D. Bain and M. Khasawneh, "From NQR to NMR: The Complete Range of Quadrupole Interactions," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 22, 69 (2004).

46.  A. Goldbourt and P.K. Madhu, "Multiple-Quantum Magic-Angle Spinning: High-Resolution Solid-State NMR of Half-Integer Spin Quadrupolar Nuclei," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 54, 81 (2005).

47.  S.E. Ashbrook and M.J. Duer, "Structural Information from Quadrupolar Nuclei in Solid State NMR," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 28, 183 (2006).

48.  J.A. Iggo, J. Liu, and G. Overend, "Indirect Detection of Metal Nuclei by Correlation Spectroscopy (HSQC & HMQC)," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 63, 179 (2008).

49.  J.P. Amoureux, J. Trebosc, L. Delevoye, O. Lafon, B. Hu, and Q. Wang, "Correlation NMR Spectroscopy Involving Quadrupolar Nuclei," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 35, 12 (2009).

50.  S.E. Ashbrook, "Recent Advances in Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy of Quadrupolar Nuclei," Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys., 11, 6892 (2009).

51.  S.E. Ashbrook, J. McManus, M.J. Thrippleton, and S. Wimperis, "Second-Order Cross-Term Interactions in High-Resolution MAS NMR of Quadrupolar Nuclei," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 55, 160 (2009).

52.  M. Eden, "Homonuclear Dipolar Recoupling of Half-Integer Spin Quadrupolar Nuclei: Techniques and Applications," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 36, 1 (2009).

53.  M. Kaupp and F.H.Kšhler, "Combining NMR Spectroscopy and Quantum Chemistry as Tools to Quantify Spin Density Distributions in Molecular Magnetic Compounds," Coord. Chem. Rev., 253, 2376 (2009).

54.  A. Lesage, "Recent Advances in Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy of Spin I = 1/2 Nuclei," Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys., 11, 6876 (2009).

55.  R. Hajjar, Y. Millot, and P.P. Man, "Phase Cycling in MQMAS Sequences for Half-Integer Qudrupole Spins," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 57, 306 (2010).

56.  J.A. Weil, "Magnetic Resonance of Systems with Equivalent Spin-1/2 Nuclides," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 71, 1 (2010).

57.  R.E. Wasylishen, S.E. Ashbrook, and S. Wimperis, "NMR of Quadrupolar Nuclei in Solid Materials," Wiley, NY, 2012 (ISBN 978-0470973981).

58.  G. Tricot, J. TrŽbosc, F. Pourpoint, R. Gauvin, and L. Delevoye, "The D-HMQC MAS-NMR Technique: An Efficient Tool for the Editing of Through-Space Correlation Spectra Between Quadrupolar and Spin-1/2 (31P, 29Si, 1H, 13C) Nuclei," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 81, 145 (2014).

59.  V. Vinay and R. Ramachandran, "Analytic Theory of Multiple-Quantum NMR of Quadrupolar Nuclei," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 89, 123 (2016).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


B.  Organometallics and Inorganics

1.  M.L. Maddox, S.L. Stafford, and H.D. Kaesz, "Applications of NMR to the Study of Organometallic Compounds," Adv. Organomet. Chem., 3, 1 (1965).

2.  K. Vrieze, H.C. Volger, and P.W.N.M. Van Leeuwen, "Reactions Involving Organometallic Compounds of Rhodium, Iridium, Palladium, and Platinum: A Survey of NMR Studies," Inorg. Chim. Acta Rev., 3, 109 (1969).

3.  L.A. Fedorov, "NMR Spectroscopy of Organometallic Allyl Compounds," Russ. Chem. Rev., 39, 655 (1970).

4.  W. McFarlane, "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Organometallic Chemistry," in "Spectroscopic Methods in Organometallic Chemistry," W.O. George, Ed., CRC Press, Cleveland, OH, 1970, Ch. 3.

5.  R.G. Kidd, "NMR Spectroscopy of Organometallic Chemistry," in "Characterization of Organometallic Compounds," Part II, M. Tsutsui, Ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1971, Ch. 8.

6.  K. Vrieze and P.W.N.M. Van Leeuwen, "Studies of Dynamic Organometallic Compounds of the Transition Metals by Means of NMR," Prog. Inorg. Chem., 14, 1 (1971).

7.  B.I. Ionin and T.N. Timofeeva, "Application of PMR to the Investigation of Organo-Phosphorus Compounds," Russ. Chem. Rev., 41, 390 (1972).

8.  J. Schraml, "NMR Spectroscopy (of Organosilicon Compounds)," in "Handbook of Organosilicon Compounds: Advances Since 1961," Vol. 1, V. Bazant, M. Horak, V. Chvalovsky, and J. Schraml, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1973, Ch. 1.

9.  B.E. Mann, "13C NMR Chemical Shifts and Coupling Constants of Organometallic Compounds," Adv. Organomet. Chem., 12, 135 (1974).

10.  B.E. Mann, "13C NMR Spectroscopy of Organo-Transition Metal Complexes," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 11.

11. V.S. Petrosyan and O.A. Reutov, "NMR Spectra and Structure of Organomercury Compounds," J. Organomet. Chem., 76, 123 (1974).

12.  L.J. Todd and J.R. Wilkinson, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectra of Metal Carbonyl Compounds," J. Organomet. Chem., 77, 1 (1974).

13.  N.M. Sergeyev, "NMR Spectroscopy of Cyclopentadienyl Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 9, 71 (1975).

14.  J.W. Faller, "Fluxional and Nonrigid Behavior of Transition Metal Organometallic ¹-Complexes," Adv. Organomet. Chem., 16, 211 (1977).

15.  V.S. Petrosyan, "NMR Spectra and Structures of Organotin Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 11, 115 (1977).

16.  P.W. Jolly and R. Mynott, "The Application of 13C NMR Spectroscopy to Organo-Transition Metal Complexes," Adv. Organomet. Chem., 19, 257 (1981).

17.  B.E. Mann and B.F. Taylor, "13C NMR Data for Organometallic Compounds," Academic Press, NY, 1981.

18.  J. Schraml, "NMR Spectroscopy in the Investigation and Analysis of Carbon-Functional Organosilicon Compounds," in "Carbon-Functional Organosilicon Compounds," V. Chvalovsky and J.M. Bellama, Eds., Plenum Press, NY, 1984, Ch. 3.

19.  K.C. Dash, "Fluxional Organogold Complexes," Indian J. Chem., Sect. A, 24, 265 (1985).

20.  M. Minelli, J.H. Enemark, R.T.C. Brownlee, M.J. O'Connor, and A.G. Wedd, "NMR Properties of Chromium, Molybdenum and Tungsten Compounds," Coord. Chem. Rev., 68, 169 (1985).

21.  R. Benn and A. Rufinska, "High-Resolution Metal-NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 25, 861 (1986).

22.  H. GŸnther, D. Moskau, P. Bast, and D. Schmalz, "Modern NMR Spectroscopy of Organolithium Compounds," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 26, 1212 (1987).

23.  B.E. Mann, "Recent Developments in NMR Spectroscopy of Organometallic Compounds," Adv. Organomet. Chem., 28, 397 (1988).

24.  G. Englehardt and D. Michel, "High-Resolution Solid-State NMR of Silicates and Zeolites," Wiley, NY, 1988.

25.  H.W.E. Rattle, "NMR Spectroscopy in Bioinorganic Chemistry," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 22.

26.  C.D. Roe, "Spectroscopic Characterization of Inorganic and Organometallic Complexes by Metal and High-Pressure NMR," in "Experimental Organometallic Chemistry," A.L. Wayda and M.Y. Darensbourg, Eds., American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1987, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 357, Ch. 8.

27.  S. Aime, D. Osella, and G.E. Hawkes, "NMR Relaxation Processes in Metal Carbonyl Chemistry," Top. Phys. Organomet. Chem., 2, p (1988).

28.  M.F. D'Agostino and M.J. McGlinchey, "Mixed Metal Clusters Containing Carbyne or Ketenylidene Bridges: High Field NMR Spectroscopy as a Probe for Structure and Mechanism," Polyhedron, 7, 807 (1988).

29.  K.G. Orrell and V. Sik, "Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy in Inorganic and Organometallic Chemistry," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 27, 103 (1993).

30.  W. Bauer, "NMR of Organolithium Compounds," Lithium Chem., 125 (1995).

31.  J.-A.K. Bonesteel, "NMR Analyses of Grignard Reagents," Chem. Ind. (Dekker), 64, 103 (1996).

32.  R.C. Fay, "Stereochemistry and Molecular Rearrangements of Some Six-, Seven-, and Eight-Coordinate Chelates of Early Transition Metals," Coord. Chem. Rev., 154, 99 (1996).

33.  P.S. Pregosin and R. Salzmann, "Structure and Dynamics of Chiral Allyl Complexes of Pd(II):  NMR Spectroscopy and Enantioselective Allylic Alkylataion," Coord. Chem. Rev., 155, 35 (1996).

34.  A.S. Abd-El-Aziz, "Brief Overview of the Structural Determination of Cyclopentadienyliron Arene Complexes," J. Mol. Struct., 405, 93 (1997).

35.  M. Gielen, R. Willem, and B. Wrackmeyer, Eds., "Advanced Applications of NMR to Organometallic Chemistry," Wiley, NY, 1997 (Physical Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 1).

36.  M.R. McClure, K.V. Jung, and J.H. Worrell, "High-Resolution NMR Analysis of Cobalt(III) Complexes with 1,8-Diamino-3,6-dithiaoctane, Coord. Chem. Rev., 174, 33 (1998).

37.  S. Szymanski, "Proton Tunnelling Effects in Metal Hydride NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 35, 1 (1998).

38.  M.A. Fedotov, "NMR in Analytical Chemistry of Inorganic Substances in Solution," J. Anal. Chem., 54, 13 (1999).

39.  D. Gudat, "Applications of Heteronuclear X,Y-Correlation Spectroscopy in Organometallic and Organoelement Chemistry," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 38, 139 (1999).

40.  M. Gielen, R. Willem, and B. Wrackmeyer, Eds., "Unusual Structures and Physical Properties in Organometallic Chemistry," Wiley, NY, 2002 (Physical Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 3).

41.  B.T. Heaton, "NMR Studies of  Metal Complexes and Clusters with Carbonyls and Phosphines," in "Modern Coordination Chemistry," G.J. Leigh and N. Winterton, Eds., Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, UK, 2002, p. 89.

42.  C.P. Grey, "NMR Studies of Zeolites," in "Handbook of Zeolite Science and Technology," S.M. Auerbach, K.A. Carrado, and P.K. Dutta, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 2003, p. 2005.

43.  D. Gudat, "Applications of Heteronuclear X/Y-Correlation Spectroscopy in Organometallic and Organoelement Chemistry: Recent Developments," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 51, 59 (2003).

44.  M. Gielen, R. Willem, and B. Wrackmeyer, Eds., "Fluxional Organometallic and Coordination Compounds," Wiley, NY, 2004, Chs. 2-5 (Physical Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 4).

45.  B. Le Guennic, K. Matsumoto, and J. Autschbach, "NMR Properties of Pt-Tl Bonded Complexes: Analysis of Relativistic Density Functional Theory Results," Magn. Reson. Chem., 42, S99 (2004).

46.  G. Alcaraz and S. Sabo-Etienne, "NMR: A Good Tool to Ascertain s-Silane or s-Borane Formulations?," Coord. Chem. Rev., 252, 2395 (2008).

47.  S.B. Duckett and N.J. Wood, "Parahydrogen-Based NMR Methods as a Mechanistic Probe in Inorganic Chemistry," Coord. Chem. Rev., 252, 2278 (2008).

48.  G.E. Ball, " In Situ Photochemistry with NMR Detection of Organometallic Complexes," Spectrosc. Prop. Inorg. Organomet. Compd., 41, 262 (2010).

49.  G. Ciancaleoni, C. Zuccaccia, D. Zuccaccia, and A. Macchioni, "NMR Techniques for Investigating the Supermolecular Structure of Coordination Compounds in Solution," in "Techniques in Inorganic Chemistry," J.P. Fackler, Jr., and L.R. Falvello, Eds., CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2010.

50.  S.P. Gabuda and S.G. Kozlova, "Platinum and Uranium Hexafluorides: Structural Chemistry, NMR, Thermodynamic and Magnetic Properties, Effects of Spin-Orbit Interactions," Nova Science Publishers Inc., NY, 2010 (ISBN 978-1616688387).

51.  P.S. Pregosin, "NMR in Organometallic Chemistry," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2012 (ISBN 978-3527330133).

52.  P.S. Pregosin, "NMR Diffusion Methods in Inorganic and Organometallic Chemistry," Spectrosc. Prop. Inorg. Organomet. Compd., 42, 248 (2012).

53.  D.W.H. Rankin, N. Mitzel, and C. Morrison, "Structural Methods in Molecular Inorganic Chemistry," Wiley, NY, 2013 (ISBN 978-0470972793).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


C.  Deuterium and Tritium

1.  P. Diehl, "A Survey of Recent Advances in 2D and 3T NMR," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 18.

2.  H.H. Mantsch, H. Saito, and I.C.P. Smith, "Deuterium Magnetic Resonance: Applications in Chemistry, Physics and Biology," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 11, 211 (1977).

3.  J. Seelig, "Deuterium Magnetic Resonance: Theory and Applications to Lipid Membranes," Quart. Rev. Biophys., 10, 353 (1977).

4.  I.C.P. Smith, "Deuterium NMR-A Useful Technique in Chemistry, Physics and Biology," Aldrichim. Acta, 10, 35 (1977).

5.  C. Brevard and J.P. Kintzinger, "Deuterium and Tritium," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 5.

6.  J.A. Elvidge, J.R. Jones, V.M.A. Chambers, and E.A. Evans, "Tritium NMR," Isot. Org. Chem., 4, 1 (1978).

7.  J.A. Elvidge, "Deuterium and Tritium NMR Spectroscopy," Spec. Publ. Chem. Soc., 35, 123 (1980).

8.  I.C.P. Smith and H.H. Mantsch, "Deuterium NMR Spectroscopy," in "NMR Spectroscopy: New Methods and Applications," G.C. Levy, Ed., American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1982, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 191, Ch. 6.

9.  J.P. Bloxsidge and J.A. Elvidge, "Practical Aspects of Tritium Magnetic Resonance," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 16, 99 (1983).

10.  H.C. Jarrell and I.C.P. Smith, "Applications of High Resolution Deuterium Magnetic Resonance," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 133 (1983).

11.  H.C. Jarrell and I.C.P. Smith, "Deuterium NMR of Anisotropic Systems," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 151 (1983).

12.  J.A. Elvidge, "Tritium NMR Spectroscopy," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 169 (1983).

13.  A.L. Odell, "Tritium NMR," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 2.

14.  H. Sillescu, "Recent Advances in Deuterium NMR for Studying Molecular Motion in Solid Polymers," Pure Appl. Chem., 54, 619 (1983).

15.  I.C.P. Smith, "Deuterium NMR," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 1.

16.  E.A. Evans, D.C. Warrell, J.A. Elvidge, and J.R. Jones, "Handbook of Tritium NMR Spectroscopy and Applications," Wiley, NY, 1985.

17.  J.W. Akitt, "Hydrogen and Its Isotopes: Hydrogen, Deuterium and Tritium," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 6.

18.  J. Seelig and P.M. Macdonald, "Phospholipids and Proteins in Biological Membranes. Deuterium NMR as a Method to Study Structure, Dynamics, and Interactions," Acc. Chem. Res., 20, 221 (1987).

19.  U. Fleischer, W. Kutzelnigg, H.-H. Limbach, G.J. Martin, M.L. Martin, and M. Schindler, "Deuterium and Shift Calculation," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 23, 1 (1991).

20.  P. Jonsen, "2H Zero Field NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 27, 647 (1995).

21.  P.M. Macdonald, "Deuterium NMR and the Topography of Surface Electrostatic Charge," Acc. Chem. Res., 30, 196 (1997).

22.  V.I. Bakhmutov, "Deuterium NMR Relaxation as a Method for the Characterization and Study of Transition Metal Hydride Systems in Solution," in "Recent Advances in Hydride Chemistry," M. Peruzzini and R. Poli, Eds., Elsevier Science, NY, 2001, p. 375.

23.  C.N. Filer, "Progress in Tritium NMR: 1990-2005," J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., 268, 663 (2006).

24.  P. Lesot and J. Courtieu, "Natural Abundance Deuterium NMR Spectroscopy: Developments and Analytical Applications in Liquids, Liquid Crystals, and Solid Phases," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 55, 128 (2009).

25.  V. Domenici, "2H NMR Studies of Liquid Crystal Elastomers: Macroscopic vs Molecular Properties," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 63, 1 (2012).

26.  A. Sugimura and G.R. Luckhurst, "Deuterium NMR Investigations of Field-Induced Director Alignment in Nematic Liquid Crystals," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 94-95, 37 (2016).

27.  L. Vugmeyster and D. Ostrovsky, "Static Solid-State 2H NMR Methods in Studies of Protein Side-Chain Dynamics," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 101, 1 (2017).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


D.  Groups 1 and 2

1.  A.L. Van Geet, "NMR of Solutions of Alkali Metal Ions and Other Nuclei with Spin Greater than 1/2," Prog. Anal. Chem., 6, 155 (1973).

2.  P. Laszlo, "Sodium-23 NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 17, 254 (1978).

3.  B. Lindman and S. ForsŽn, "The Alkali Metals," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 6.

4.  B. Lindman and S. ForsŽn, "The Alkaline Earth Metals," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 7.

5.  S. ForsŽn and B. Lindman, "Calcium and Magnesium NMR in Chemistry and Biology," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 11A, 183 (1981).

6.  C. Detellier, "Alkali Metals," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 5.

7.  K.J. Neurohr, T. Drakenberg, and S. ForsŽn, "Magnesium-25 and Calcium-43," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 8.

8.  J.W. Akitt, "The Alkali and Alkaline Earth Metals: Lithium, Sodium, Potassium, Rubidium, Cesium, Beryllium, Magnesium, Calcium, Strontium, and Barium," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 7.

9.  S.J. Kohler and N.H. Kolodny, "Sodium Magnetic Resonance Imaging and Chemical Shift Imaging," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 24, 411 (1992).

10.  J.L. Allis, "The Application of Cation NMR to Living Systems: 87Rb NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 26, 211 (1993).

11.  S. ForsŽn, C. Johansson, and S. Linse, "Calcium NMR," Methods Enzymol., 227, 107 (1993).

12.  D.D. Mota, "Alkali Metal NMR," Methods Enzymol., 227, 78 (1993).

13.  C.P. Grey and S.G. Breenbaum, "NMR Studies of Lithium-Ion Battery Materials," MRS Bull., 27, 613 (2002).

14.  P.J. Heard, "NMR of Organomagnesium Compounds," in "The Chemistry of Organomagnesium Compounds," Part 1, Z. Rappoport and I. Marek, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2008, p. 131.

15.  J.C.C. Freitas and M.E. Smith, "Recent Advances in Solid-State 25Mg NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 75, 25 (2012).

16.  G. Wu and J. Zhu, "NMR Studies of Alkali Metal Ions in Organic and Biological Solids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 61, 1 (2012).

17.  D. Laurencin and M.E. Smith, "Development of 43Ca NMR Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy as a Probe of Local Structure in Inorganic and Molecular Materials," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 68, 1 (2013).

18.  I.L. Moudrakovski, "Recent Advances in Solid-State NMR of Alkaline Earth Elements," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 79, 129 (2013).

19.  C.M. Widdifield, "Applications of Solid-State 43Ca NMR: Superconductors, Glasses, Biomaterials, and N MR Crystallography," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 92, 227 (2017).

 

 


E.  Boron and Group 13

1.  R. Schaeffer, "NMR of Boron Hydrides and Related Compounds," Prog. Boron Chem., 1, 417 (1964).

2.  G.R. Eaton, "NMR of Boron Compounds," J. Chem. Educ., 46, 547 (1969).

3.  G.R. Eaton and W.N. Lipscomb, "NMR Studies of Boron Hydrides and Related Compounds," Benjamin, NY, 1969.

4.  W.G. Henderson and E.F. Mooney, "Boron-11 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 2, 219 (1969).

5.  J.W. Akitt, "NMR Spectroscopy in Liquids Containing Compounds of Aluminum and Gallium," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 5A, 465 (1972).

6.  H. Beall and C.H. Bushweller, "Dynamic Processes in Boranes, Borane Complexes, Carboranes, and Related Compounds," Chem. Rev., 73, 465 (1973).

7.  W.L. Smith, "Boron-11 NMR," J. Chem. Educ., 54, 469 (1977).

8.  J.F. Hinton and R.W. Briggs, "Group III-Aluminum, Gallium, Indium, and Thallium," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 9.

9.  H. Nšth and B. Wrackmeyer, "NMR Spectroscopy of Boron Compounds," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 14, 1 (1978).

10.  L.J. Todd and A.R. Siedle, "NMR Studies of Boranes, Carboranes and Heteroatom Boranes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 13, 87 (1979).

11.  B. Wrackmeyer, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Boron Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc.,12, 227 (1979).

12.  J.F. Hinton, "Thallium NMR Spectroscopy," Trends Anal. Chem., 1, 288 (1982).

13.  A.R. Siedle, "Boron-11 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 12, 177 (1982).

14.  J.J. Delpuech, "Aluminum-27," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 6.

15.  J.F. Hinton and K.R. Metz, "Thallium NMR Spectroscopy," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 14.

16.  R.G. Kidd, "Boron-11," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 3.

17.  J.W. Akitt, "Aluminum, Gallium, Indium, and Thallium," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 9.

18.  J.F. Hinton, "Thallium NMR Spectroscopy," Magn. Reson. Chem., 25, 659 (1987).

19.  J.D. Kennedy, "Boron," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 8.

20.  J.F. Hinton, K.R. Metz, and R.W. Briggs, "Thallium NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 423 (1988).

21.  A.R. Siedle, "Boron-11 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 20, 205 (1988).

22.  B. Wrackmeyer, "NMR Spectroscopy of Boron Compounds Containing Two-, Three- and Four-Coordinate Boron," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 20, 61 (1988).

23.  J.W. Akitt, "Multinuclear Studies of Aluminum Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 21, 1 (1989).

24.  S. Hermanek, "11B NMR Spectra of Boranes, Main-Group Heteroboranes, and Substituted Derivatives. Factors Influencing Chemical Shifts of Skeletal Atoms," Chem. Rev., 92, 325 (1992).

25.  J.F. Hinton, "Thallium NMR Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 13, 90 (1992).

26.  D. Reed, "Role of NMR in Boron Chemistry," Chem. Soc. Rev., 22, 109 (1993).

27.  M.E. Smith, "Applications of 27Al NMR Techniques to Structure Determination in Solids," Appl. Magn. Reson., 4, 1 (1993).

28.  J. Casanova, Ed., "Borane, Carborane, Carbocation Continuum," Wiley, NY, 1998.

29.  I.D. Gridnev and O.L. Tok, "NMR Studies of Intramolecular Dynamics in Allylic Type Triorganoboranes," in "Fluxional Organometallic and Coordination Compounds," M. Gielen, R. Willem, and B. Wrackmeyer, Eds., Wiley, NY, 2004, Ch. 2 (Physical Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 4).

30.  P. Bendel, "Biomedical Applications of 10B and 11B NMR," NMR Biomed., 18, 74 (2005).

31.  M. EdŽn, "27Al NMR Studies of Aluminosilicates Glasses," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 86, 237 (2015).

32.  J. Brus, S. Abbrent, L. Kobera, M. Urbanova, and P. Cuba, "Advances in 27Al MAS NMR Studies of Geopolymers," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 88, 237 (2016).

33.  M. Haouas, F. Taulelle, and C. Martineau, "Recent Advances in 27Al NMR Spectroscopy to Materials Science," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 94-95, 11 (2016).

34.  C. Benndorf, H. Eckert, and O. Janka, "Structural Characterization by 27Al Solid State NMR Spectroscopy," Acc. Chem. Res., 50, 1459 (2017).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


F.  Carbon-13

1.  P.C. Lauterbur, "Some Applications of 13C NMR Spectra to Organic Chemistry," Ann. NY Acad. Sci., 70, 841 (1958).

2.  J.B. Stothers, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 19, 144 (1965).

3.  E.F. Mooney and P.H. Winson, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy: Carbon-13 Chemical Shifts and Coupling Constants," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 2, 153 (1969).

4.  E. Breitmaier, G. Jung, and W. Voelter, "Pulse Fourier Transform 13C NMR Spectroscopy, Principles and Applications," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 10, 673 (1971).

5.  P.S. Pregosin and E.W. Randall, "13C NMR," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 4, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1971, Ch. 6.

6.  E.W. Randall, "Carbon-13 Magnetic Resonance," Chem. Brit., 7, 371 (1971).

7.  J.B. Stothers, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, NY, 1972.

8.  J.B. Stothers, "13C NMR Spectroscopy: A Brief Review," Appl. Spectrosc., 26, 1 (1972).

9.  F.A.L. Anet and G.C. Levy, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," Science (Washington, DC), 180, 141 (1973).

10.  W. Bremser, "Principles and Instrumentation Assumptions in 13C NMR Spectroscopy," Chem.-Ztg., 97, 248 (1973).

11.  W. Bremser, "Applications of 13C NMR Spectroscopy," Chem.-Ztg., 97, 259 (1973).

12.  R. Ditchfield and P.D. Ellis, "Theory of 13C Chemical Shifts," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 1, 1 (1974).

13.  G.E. Maciel, "Substituent Effects on 13C Chemical Shifts," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 1, 53 (1974).

14.  B.E. Mann, "13C NMR Chemical Shifts and Coupling Constants of Organometallic Compounds," Adv. Organomet. Chem., 12, 135 (1974).

15.  B.E. Mann, "13C NMR Spectroscopy of Organo-Transition Metal Complexes," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 11.

16.  P.S. Pregosin and E.W. Randall, "Applications of 13C NMR Spectroscopy to the Solution of Structural Problems in Some Santonin Derivatives," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 16.

17.  J.B. Stothers, "13C NMR Studies of Reaction Mechanisms and Reactive Intermediates," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 1, 229  (1974).

18.  L.J. Todd and J.R. Wilkinson, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectra of Metal Carbonyl Compounds," J. Organomet. Chem., 77, 1 (1974).

19.  F.W. Wehrli, "Assignment Techniques in 13C NMR Spectroscopy," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 12.

20.  E. Wenkert, J.S. Bindra, C.-J. Chang, D.W. Cochran, and F.M. Schell, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Naturally Occurring Substances. Alkaloids," Acc. Chem. Res., 7, 46 (1974).

21.  N.K. Wilson and J.B. Stothers, "Stereochemical Aspects of 13C NMR Spectroscopy," Top. Stereochem., 8, 1 (1974).

22.  H. GŸnther and H. Schmickler, "Results of Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy in the Field of Cyclic Conjugated ¹-Electron Systems," Pure Appl. Chem., 44, 807 (1975).

23.  G.J. Martin, M.L. Martin, and S. Odiot, "Theoretical and Empirical Calculations of the Carbon Chemical Shift in Terms of the Electronic Distribution in Molecules," Org. Magn. Reson., 7, 2 (1975).

24.  O.A. Gansow and W.D. Vernon, "Carbon-13 NMR Studies of Organometallic Transition Metal Complex Compounds," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 2, 269 (1976).

25.  G.L. Nelson and E.A. Williams, "Electronic Structure and 13C NMR," Prog. Phys. Org. Chem, 12, 229 (1976).

26.  H.E. Gottlieb, "Techniques for Signal Assignment in Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Naturally Occurring Aromatic Compounds," Isr. J. Chem., 16, 57 (1977).

27.  J. Hinton, M. Oka, and A. Fry, "Carbon-13 NMR Methodology and Mechanistic Applications," Isot. Org. Chem., 3, 41 (1977).

28.  A.S. Perlin, "Applications of Carbon-13 NMR to Problems of Stereochemistry," Isot. Org. Chem., 3, 171 (1977).

29.  J.C. Randall, "Polymer Sequence Determination: Carbon-13 NMR Method," Academic Press, NY, 1977.

30.  J.N. Shoolery, "Some Quantitative Applications of 13C NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 11, 79 (1977).

31.  R.J. Abraham and P. Loftus, "Proton and Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy, an Integrated Approach," Heyden & Son, Philadelphia, PA, 1978.

32.  E. Breitmaier and W. Voelter, "13C NMR Spectroscopy: Methods and Applications in Organic Chemistry," 2nd ed., Verlag Chemie, NY, 1978.

33.  O.W. Howarth and D.M.J. Lilley, "Carbon-13 NMR of Peptides and Proteins," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 12, 1 (1978).

34.  W.B. Smith, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Steroids," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 8, 199 (1978).

35.  H. Sugiyama, "13C NMR Study of Saccharides," Heterocycles, 11, 615 (1978).

36.  D. Tourve and G. Van Binst, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Quinolizidine Derivatives," Heterocycles, 9, 507 (1978).

37.  F.A.L. Anet, D.L. Dalrymple, D.M. Grant, H. Hill, D.I. Hoult, L.F. Johnson, J.N. Shoolery, D. Terpstra, and A.P. Zens, "Experimental Techniques in 13C NMR Spectroscopy," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 3, 1 (1979).

38.  E.L. Eliel and K.M. Pietrusiewicz, "13C NMR of Nonaromatic Heterocyclic Compounds," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 3, 171 (1979).

39.  D.F. Ewing, "Carbon-13 Substituent Effects in Monosubstituted Benzenes," Org. Magn. Reson., 12, 499 (1979).

40.  P.E. Hansen, "13C NMR of Polycyclic Aromatic Compounds. A Review," Org. Magn. Reson., 12, 109 (1979).

41.  W.M. Pasika, Ed., "Carbon-13 NMR in Polymer Science," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1979, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 103.

42.  P.S. Pregosin and R.W. Kunz, "Phosphorus-31 and Carbon-13 NMR of Transition Metal Phosphine Complexes," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 16, 1 (1979).

43.  M. Shamma and D.M. Hindenlang, "Carbon-13 NMR Shift Assignments of Amines and Alkaloids," Plenum Press, NY, 1979.

44.  B. Wrackmeyer, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Boron Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 12, 227 (1979).

45.  H.J. Jennings and I.C.P. Smith, "Determination of Polysaccharide Structures with 13C NMR," Methods Carbohydr. Chem., 8, 97 (1980).

46.  G.C. Levy, R.L. Lichter, and G.L. Nelson, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1980.

47.  D.M. Rackham, "13C NMR in Medicinal Chemistry," Spec. Publ. Chem. Soc., 35, 97 (1980).

48.  F.W. Wehrli and T. Wirthlin, "Interpretation of Carbon-13 NMR Spectra," Heyden & Son, Philadelphia, PA, 1980.

49.  P.K. Agrawal and R.P. Rastogi, "13C NMR Spectroscopy of Flavonoids," Heterocycles, 16, 2181 (1981).

50.  P.A.J. Gorin, "13C NMR Spectroscopy of Polysaccharides," Adv. Carbohydr. Chem. Biochem., 38, 13 (1981).

51.  P.W. Jolly and R. Mynott, "The Application of 13C NMR Spectroscopy to Organo-Transition Metal Complexes," Adv. Organomet. Chem., 19, 257 (1981).

52.  B.E. Mann and B.F. Taylor, "13C NMR Data for Organometallic Compounds," Academic Press, NY, 1981.

53.  P.S. Pregosin, "13C NMR of Group VIII Metal Complexes," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 11A, 227 (1981).

54.  A.I. Scott and R.L. Baxter, "Applications of 13C NMR to Metabolic Studies," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng., 10, 151 (1981).

55.  F.A. Bovey, "13C NMR Study of Polymer Structure and Dynamics," Pure Appl. Chem., 54, 559 (1982).

56.  V. Formacek and K.H. Kubeczka, "Essential Oils Analysis by Capillary Gas Chromatography and Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1982.

57.  N.A.B. Gray, "Computer Assisted Analysis of Carbon-13 NMR Spectral Data," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 15, 201(1982).

58.  N.A. Matwiyoff, "Recent Applications of 13C NMR Spectroscopy to Biological Systems," Anal. Chem. Symp. Ser., 11, 573(1982).

59.  R.L. Baxter, N.E. Mackenzie, and A.I. Scott, "13C NMR as a Probe for Metabolic Pathways in vivo," Biol. Magn. Reson., 5, 1 (1983).

60.  K. Bock and C. Pedersen, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Monosaccharides," Adv. Carbohydr. Chem. Biochem., 41, 27 (1983).

61.  T.A. Broadbent and E.G. Paul, "13C NMR in Alkaloid Chemistry," Heterocycles, 20, 863 (1983).

62.  A. Lombardo and G.C. Levy, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: 13C Spectra," in "Treatise on Analytical Chemistry," 2nd ed.,  Part I (Theory and Practice), Vol. 10, Section 1, "Magnetic Field and Related Methods of Analysis," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1983, Ch. 2.

63.  K. Bock, C. Pedersen, and H. Pedersen, "Carbon-13 NMR Data for Oligosaccharides," Adv. Carbohydr. Chem. Biochem., 42, 193 (1984).

64.  E. Breitmaier and G. Bauer, "13C NMR Spectroscopy: A Working Manual with Exercises," Harwood Academic Publishers, NY, 1984 (MMI Press Polymer Monograph Series, Vol. 3).

65.  J.N. Shoolery, "Recent Developments in 13C- and Proton-NMR," J. Nat. Prod., 47, 226 (1984).

66.  C.H. Sotak, C.L. Dumoulin, and G.C. Levy, "High-Accuracy  Quantitative Analysis by 13C Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 4, 91 (1984).

67.  W.S. Veeman, "Carbon-13 Chemical Shift Anisotropy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 16, 193 (1984).

68.  P.E. Hansen, "NMR of Polycyclic Aromatics," Magn. Reson. Rev., 10, 1 (1985).

69.  H. Duddeck, "Substituent Effects on 13C Chemical Shifts in Aliphatic Molecular Systems," Top. Stereochem., 16, 219 (1986).

70.  J.P.G. Malthouse, "13C NMR of Enzymes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 18, 1 (1986).

71.  A.J. Brandolini, "Chemical and Physical Characterization of Polymer Systems by 13C NMR Spectroscopy," in "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," C. Dybowski and R.L. Lichter, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987, Ch. 7.

72.  E. Breitmaier and W. Voelter, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy: High Resolution Methods and Applications in Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry," 3rd ed., VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1987.

73.  O.N. Chupakhin, V.N. Charushin, and A.R. Chernyshev, "Application of 1H, 13C and 15N NMR in the Chemistry of 1,4-Diazines," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 95 (1987).

74.  J.C. Facelli, D.M. Grant, and J. Michl, "Carbon-13 Shielding Tensors:  Experimental and Theoretical Determination," Acc. Chem. Res., 20, 152 (1987).

75.  K.E. Kšver and G. Batta, "Theoretical and Practical Aspects of One- and Two-Dimensional Heteronuclear Overhauser Experiments and Selective 13C T1-Determinations of Heteronuclear Distances," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 19, 223 (1987).

76.  B.E. Mann, "Carbon," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 10.

77.  M.S. Morales-Rios, J. Espineira, and P. Joseph-Nathan, "13C NMR Spectroscopy of Indole Derivatives," Magn. Reson. Chem., 25, 377 (1987).

78.  P.R. Seidl and L.A. Colnago, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Oilseeds," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 10.

79.  B. Shoulders and S.C. Welch, "A Very Brief, Rapid, Simple, and Unified Method for Estimating Carbon-13 NMR Chemical Shifts," J. Chem. Educ., 64, 915 (1987).

80.  J.K. Whitesell and M.A. Minton, "Stereochemical Analysis of Alicyclic Compounds by C-13 NMR Spectroscopy," Chapman & Hall, NY, 1987.

81.  N. Zanata, P.N. Borer, and G.C. Levy, "Carbon-13 NMR Assignment, Structure, and Dynamics of Deoxyoligonucleotides," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 6.

82.  H.-O. Kalinowski, S. Berger, and S. Braun (translated by J.K. Becconsall), "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 1988.

83.  R. Voelkel, "High-Resolution Solid-State 13C-NMR Spectroscopy of Polymers," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 27, 1468 (1988).

84.  F.W. Wehrli, A.P. Marchand, and S. Wehrli, "Interpretation of Carbon-13 NMR Spectra," 2nd ed., Wiley, NY, 1988.

85.  P.K. Agrawal, "Carbon-13 NMR of Flavonoids," Elsevier, NY, 1989.

86.  P.C. Jurs, G.P. Sutton, and M.L. Ranc, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectral Simulation," Anal. Chem., 61, 1115A (1989).

87.  L.B. Krivdin and G.A. Kalabin, "Structural Applications of One-Bond Carbon-Carbon Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 21, 293 (1989).

88.  J.C. Facelli and D.M. Grant, "Molecular Structure and Carbon-13 Chemical Shielding Tensors Obtained from NMR," Top. Stereochem., 19, 1 (1989).

89.  B. Wrackmeyer and K. Horchler, "NMR Parameters of Alkynes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 209 (1990).

90.  P.K. Agrawal and D.C. Jain, "13C NMR Spectroscopy of Oleanane Triterpenoids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 24, 1 (1992).

91.  F. Diederich and R.L. Whetten, "Beyond C60: The Higher Fullerenes," Acc. Chem. Res., 25, 119 (1992).

92.  Atta-ur-Rahman and V.U. Ahmad, "13C-NMR of Natural Products," Plenum Press, NY, 1992, two volumes.

93.  M. Begtrup, G. Boyer, P. Cabildo, C. Cativiela, R.M. Claramunt, J. Elguero, J. Ignacio Garcia, C. Toiron, and P. Vedso, "Carbon-13 NMR of Pyrazoles," Magn. Reson. Chem., 31, 107 (1993).

94.  T. Asakura, M. Demura, and T. Hayashi, "13C NMR Assignments of Polyolefins and Olefine Copolymers Based on the 13C NMR Chemical Shift Calculations and 2D INADEQUATE NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 29, 325 (1994).

95.  H.N. Cheng, "13C NMR Spectral Simulation and Shift Prediction," Trends Anal. Chem., 13, 95 (1994).

96.  F.D. Gunstone, "High Resolution 13C NMR," Prog. Lipid Res., 33, 19 (1994).

97.  K. Pihlaja and E. Kleinpeter, Eds., "Carbon-13 NMR Chemical Shifts in Structural and Sterochemical Analysis," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1994.

98.  N. Beckmann, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Biological Systems," Academic Press, NY, 1995.

99.  M. Budesinsky and D. Saman, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectra of Sesquiterpene Lactones," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 30, 231 (1995).

100.  K. Kamienska-Trela, "One-Bond 13C-13C Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 30, 131 (1995).

101.  D. Farcasiu and A. Ghenciu, "Determination of Acidity Functions and Acid Strengths by 13C NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 29, 129 (1996).

102.  B. Mikhova and  H. Duddeck, "13C-NMR Spectroscopy of Coumarins and Their Derivatives:  A Comprehensive Review," Stud. Nat. Prod. Chem., 18, 971 (1996).

103.  M.J.P. Ferreira, V.P. Emerenciano, G.A.R. Linia, P. Romoff, P.A.T. Macari, and G.V. Rodrigues, " 13C NMR Spectroscopy of Monoterpenoids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 33, 153 (1998).

104.  B. Mikhoval and H. Duddeck, "13C NMR Spectroscopy of Tri- and Tetracyclic Quinolizidine Alkaloids," Magn. Reson. Chem., 36, 779 (1998).

105.  R. Araya-Maturana, T. Delgado-Castro, W. Cardona, and B.E. Weiss-Lopez, "Use of Long-Range C-H (nJ  n>3) Heteronuclear Multiple Bond Connnectivity in the Assignment of 13C NMR Spectra of Complex Organic Molecules," Curr. Org. Chem., 4, 253 (2000).

106.  F.C. Oliveira, M.J.P. Ferreira, C.V. Nunez, G.V. Rodriguez, and V.P. Emerenciano, "13C NMR Spectroscopy of Eudesmane Sesquiterpenes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 37, 1 (2000).

107.  B.S. Joshi, S.W. Pelletier, and S.K. Srivastava, "Carbon-13 and Proton NMR Shift Assignments and Physical Constants of Diterpenoid Alkaloids," in "Alkaloids: Chemical and Biological Perspectives," S.W. Pelletier, Ed., Elsevier Science, NY, 2001, Vol. 15, p. 1.

108.  E.C. Reynhardt and G.L. High, "NMR Studies of Diamond," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 38, 37 (2001).

109.  V. Formacek and K.H. Kubeczka, "Essential Oils Analysis by Capillary Gas Chromatography and Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2002.

110.  O. Sperber, W. Kaminsky, and A. Geissler, "Structure Analysis of Paraffin Waxes by 13C-NMR Spectroscopy," Petrol. Sci. Technol., 23, 47 (2005).

111.  S.V. Dvinskikh, D. Sandstršm, H. Zimmermann, and A. Maliniak, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy Applied to Columnar Liquid Crystals," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 48, 85 (2006).

112.  D. Tapu, D.A. Dixon, and C. Roe, "13C NMR Spectroscopy of "Arduengo-Type" Carbenes and Their Derivatives," Chem. Rev., 109, 3385 (2009).

113.  J.A.Vila and H.A. Scheraga, "Assessing the Accuracy of Protein Structures by Quantum Mechanical Computations of 13Ca Chemical Shifts," Acc. Chem. Res., 42, 1545 (2009).

114.  S. Xu and J. Shen, "Studying Enzymes by In Vivo 13C Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 55, 183 (2009).

115.  D. Canet, S. Bouguet-Bonnet, S. Leclerc, and M. Yemloul, "Carbon-13 Heteronuclear Longitudinal Spin Relaxation for Geometrical (and Stereochemical) Determination in Small or Medium Size Molecules," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 74, 89 (2011).

116.  A. Gryff-Keller, "Theoretical Modeling of 13C NMR Chemical Shifts: How to Use the Calculation Results," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 38, 289 (2011).

117.  R.P. Verma and C. Hansch, "Use of 13C NMR Chemical Shift as QSAR/QSPR Descriptor," Chem. Rev., 111, 2865 (2011).

118.  I.C. Felli, A. Piai, and R. Pierattelli, "Recent Advances in Solution NMR Studies: 13C Direct Detection for Biomolecular NMR Applications," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 80, 359 (2013).

119.  H.-B. Wang, L.-P. Liu, and X.-Y. Wang, "13C NMR Data of Daphnane Diterpenoids," Magn. Reson. Chem., 51, 580 (2013).

 

 

 

 

 


G.  Silicon-29

1.  G.C. Levy and J.D. Cargioli, "Silicon-29 Fourier Transform NMR," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 17.

2.  R.K. Harris and B.J. Kimber, "Silicon-29 NMR as a Tool for Studying Silicones," Appl. Spectrosc. Rev., 10, 117 (1975).

3.  J. Schraml and J.M. Bellama, "29Si NMR," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 6, F.C. Nachod, J.J. Zuckerman, and E.W. Randall, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1976, Ch. 4.

4.  R.K. Harris, J.D. Kennedy, and W. McFarlane, "Group IV-Silicon, Germanium, Tin, and Lead," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 10.

5.  E.A. Williams and J.D. Cargioli, "Silicon-29 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 9, 221 (1979).

6.  H. Marsmann, "Silicon-29 NMR," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 17, 65 (1981).

7.  B. Coleman, "Applications of Silicon-29 NMR Spectroscopy," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 7.

8.  E.A. Williams, "Recent Advances in Silicon-29 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 15, 235 (1983).

9.  T.A. Blinka, B.J. Helmer, and R. West, "Polarization Transfer NMR Spectroscopy for Silicon-29: The INEPT and DEPT Techniques," Adv. Organomet. Chem., 23, 193 (1984).

10.  S.N. Tandura, M.G. Voronkov, and N.V. Alekseev, "Molecular & Electronic Structure of Penta- and Hexacoordinate Silicon Compounds," Top. Curr. Chem., 131, 99 (1986).

11.  J.D. Kennedy and W. McFarlane, "Silicon, Germanium, Tin, and Lead," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 11.

12.  E.A. Williams, "NMR Spectroscopy of Organosilicon Compounds," in "The Chemistry of Organic Silicon Compounds," Vol. 1, Pt. 1, S. Patai and Z. Rappoport, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1989, p. 511.

13.  J. Schraml, "29Si NMR Spectroscopy of Trimethylsilyl Tags," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 289 (1990).

14.  M.A. Petrich, "NMR of Amorphous Hydrogenated Silicon," Magn. Reson. Rev., 16, 183 (1993).

15.  Y. Takeuchi and T. Takayama, "Silicon-29 NMR Spectroscopy of Organosilicon Compounds," in "The Chemistry of Organic Silicon Compounds," Vol. 2, Pt. 1, Z. Rappoport and Y. Apeloig, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1998, p. 267.

16.  J. Schraml, "29Si NMR Experiments in Solutions of Organosilicon Compounds," in "The Chemistry of Organic Silicon Compounds," Vol. 3, Z. Rappoport and Y. Apeloig, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2001, p. 223.

17.  B. Wrackmeyer, "Applications of 29Si NMR Parameters," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 57, 1 (2006).

18.  R.R. Gupta, M.D. Lechner, H. Marsmann, B. Mikhova, F. Uhlig, Eds., "Chemical Shifts and Coupling Constants for Silicon-29," in "Landolt-Berstein: Numerical Data and Functional Relationships in Science and Technology," Springer, NY, 2008 (ISBN 3-540-45277-X).

19.  V. Blechta, "Applications of Silicon-Carbon Coupling Constants," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 64, 97 (2009).


H.  Germanium-73

1.  R.K. Harris, J.D. Kennedy, and W. McFarlane, "Group IV-Silicon, Germanium, Tin, and Lead," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 10.

2.  J.D. Kennedy and W. McFarlane, "Silicon, Germanium, Tin, and Lead," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 11.

3.  K.M. Mackay and R.A. Thomson, "Germanium-73 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: Esoteric Study or Useful Tool?," Main Group Met. Chem., 10, 83 (1987).

4.  E. Liepins, I. Zicmane, and E. Lukevics, "Germanium-73 NMR Spectroscopic Studies of Organogermanium Compounds," J. Organomet. Chem., 341, 315 (1988).

5.  A.L. Wilkins, R.A. Thomson, and K.M. Mackay, "Suppression of Acoustic Ringing and Baseline Roll Effects in a Low-Frequency NMR Nucleus: 73Ge," Main Group Met. Chem., 13, 219 (1990).

6.  R.A. Thomson, A.L. Wilkins, and K.M. Mackay, "Further Adventures in Germanium NMR," Phosphorus Sulfur Silicon, 150-151, 319 (1999).

7.  H.C. Marsmann, "Further Advances in Germanium, Tin and Lead NMR," in "The Chemistry of Organic Germanium, Tin and Lead Compounds," Vol. 2, Part 1, Z. Rappoport, Ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2002, p. 399.

8.  Y. Takeuchi and T. Takayama, "73Ge NMR Spectroscopy of Organogermanium Compounds," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 54, 155 (2005).

9.  C.S. Weinert, "73Ge NMR Spectroscopy of Germanium Compounds," ISRN Spectrosc. 1-18 (2012; DOI: 10.5402/2012/718050).


I.  Tin

1.  P.J. Smith and L. Smith, "Applications of 119Sn Chemical Shifts to Structural Tin Chemistry," Inorg. Chim. Acta Rev., 7, 11 (1973).

2.  J.D. Kennedy and W. McFarlane, "119Sn Magnetic Shielding in Tin Compounds," Rev. Si, Ge, Sn, Pb Compd., 1, 235 (1974).

3.  V.S. Petrosyan, "NMR Spectra and Structures of Organotin Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 11, 115 (1977).

4.  R.K. Harris, J.D. Kennedy, and W. McFarlane, "Group IV-Silicon, Germanium, Tin, and Lead," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 10.

5.  P.J. Smith and A.P. Tupciauskas, "Chemical Shifts of 119Sn Nuclei in Organotin Compounds," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 8, 291 (1978).

6.  M. Pereyre, J.P. Quintard, and A. Rahm, "The Use of Tin-119 NMR for the Investigation of Organotin Reactions," Pure Appl. Chem., 54, 29 (1982).

7.  R. Hani and R.A. Geanangel, "Tin-119 NMR in Coordination Chemistry," Coord. Chem. Rev., 44, 229 (1982).

8.  B. Wrackmeyer, "Tin-119 NMR Parameters," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 16, 73 (1985).

9.  A. Kaur and G.K. Sandhu, "Use of Tin-119m Mšssbauer and Tin-119 NMR Spectroscopy in the Study of Organotin Complexes," J. Chem. Sci., 12, 1 (1986);  Chem. Abstr., 111, 153852q (1989).

10.  J.D. Kennedy and W. McFarlane, "Silicon, Germanium, Tin, and Lead," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 11.

11.  S. Adams and M. DrŠger, "Quantitative Relationships Between Molecular Structure, NMR Data and Electronic Transitions in Linear and Branched Organo-Polystannanes," Main Group Met. Chem., 11, 151 (1988).

12.  P.G. Harrison, "Investigating Tin Compounds Using Spectroscopy," in "Chemistry of Tin," P.G. Harrison, Ed., Blackie/Chapman & Hall, NY, 1989, Chapter 3, p. 60.

13.  B. Wrackmeyer, "Multinuclear NMR and Tin Chemistry," Chem. Brit., 26, 48 (1990).

14.  B. Wrackmeyer, "Application of 119Sn NMR Parameters," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 38, 203 (1999).

15.  J.C. Martins, M. Biesemans, and R. Willem, "Tin NMR Based Methodologies and Their Use in Structural Tin Chemistry," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 36, 271 (2000).

16.  H.C. Marsmann, "Further Advances in Germanium, Tin and Lead NMR," in "The Chemistry of Organic Germanium, Tin and Lead Compounds," Vol. 2, Part 1, Z. Rappoport, Ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2002, p. 399.

17.  B. Wrackmeyer, "NMR Spectroscopy of Tin Compounds," in "Tin Chemistry: Fundamentals, Frontiers, and Applications," A.G. Davies, M. Gielen, K.H. Pannell, and E.R.T.Tiekink, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2008, Chapter 2.1, pps. 17-52.

 

 


J.  Lead-207

1.  R.K. Harris, J.D. Kennedy, and W. McFarlane, "Group IV-Silicon, Germanium, Tin, and Lead," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 10.

2.  J.D. Kennedy and W. McFarlane, "Silicon, Germanium, Tin, and Lead," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 11.

3.  B. Wrackmeyer and K. Horchler, "Lead-207 NMR Parameters," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 22, 249 (1990).

4.  C. Dybowski and G. Neue, "Solid State 207Pb NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 41, 153 (2002).

5.  H.C. Marsmann, "Further Advances in Germanium, Tin and Lead NMR," in "The Chemistry of Organic Germanium, Tin and Lead Compounds," Vol. 2, Part 1, Z. Rappoport, Ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2002, p. 399.

6.  B. Wrackmeyer, "Application of 207Pb NMR Parameters," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 47, 1 (2002).

 


K.  Nitrogen

1.  E.F. Mooney and P.H. Winson, "Nitrogen Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 2, 125 (1969).

2.  E.W. Randall and D.G. Gillies, "Nitrogen Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 6, 119 (1970).

3.  R.L. Lichter, "15N Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 4, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1971, Ch. 4.

4.  M. Witanowski and G.A. Webb, "Nitrogen NMR Spectroscopy," Annu . Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 5A, 395 (1972).

5.  M. Witanowski and G.A. Webb, Eds., "Nitrogen NMR," Plenum Press, NY, 1973 (Springer reprinted paperback January, 2014).

6.  T. Axenrod, "Structural Effects on the One-Bond 15N-H Coupling Constant," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 6.

7.  S. Bulusu, J.R. Autera, and T. Axenrod, "Spin Coupling Between Directly Bonded 15N Nuclei," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 7.

8.  J. MŸller, "14N NMR of Some Organometallic Azides," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 5.

9.  G.A. Webb, "Some Chemical Shift Calculations for Nitrogen Nuclei," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 4.

10.  B. Coxon, "Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy. Nitrogen-15 Studies of Amino Sugars," Pure Appl. Chem., 49, 1151 (1977).

11.  M. Witanowski, L. Stefaniak, and G.A. Webb, "Nitrogen NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 7, 118 (1977).

12.  G.C. Levy and R.L. Lichter, "Nitrogen-15 NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1979.

13.  Y. Kyogoku, "Application of 15N NMR Spectroscopy to Studies of the Intermolecular Interaction of Biomolecules," Appl. Spectrosc. Rev., 17, 279 (1981).

14.  G.J. Martin, M.L. Martin, and J.-P. Gouesnard, "Nitrogen-15 NMR Spectroscopy," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 18, 1 (1981).

15.  J. Mason, "Nitrogen NMR Spectroscopy in Inorganic, Organometallic and Bioinorganic Chemistry," Chem. Rev., 81, 205 (1981).

16.  M. Witanowski, L. Stefaniak, and G.A. Webb, "Nitrogen NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 11B, 1 (1981).

17.  F. Blomberg and H. RŸterjans, "Nitrogen-15 NMR in Biological Systems," Biol. Magn. Reson., 5, 21 (1983).

18.  K. Kanamori and J.D. Roberts, "15N NMR Studies of Biological Systems," Acc. Chem. Res., 16, 35 (1983).

19.  R.L. Lichter, "Nitrogen NMR Spectroscopy," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 169 (1983).

20.  J. Mason, "Patterns and Prospects in Nitrogen NMR," Chem. Brit., 19, 654 (1983).

21.  W. Von Philipsborn and R. MŸller, "15N-NMR Spectroscopy-New Methods and Applications," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 25, 383 (1986).

22.  M. Witanowski, L. Stefaniak, and G.A. Webb, "Nitrogen NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 18, 1 (1986).

23.  O.N. Chupakhin, V.N. Charushin, and A.R. Chernyshev, "Application of 1H, 13C and 15N NMR in the Chemistry of 1,4-Diazines," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 95 (1987).

24.  J. Mason, "Nitrogen," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 12.

25.  G.W. Buchanan, "Applications of 15N NMR Spectroscopy to the Study of Molecular Structure, Stereochemistry and Binding Phenomena," Tetrahedron, 45, 581 (1989).

26.  D.M.P. Mingos and D.J. Sherman, "Transition Metal Nitrosyl Complexes," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 34, 293 (1989).

27.  G.B. Richter-Addo and P. Legzdins, "Nitrogen NMR Spectroscopy," in "Metal Nitrosyls," Oxford University Press, NY, 1992, p. 58.

28.  A. Shoji, S. Ando, S. Kuroki, I. Ando, and G.A. Webb, "Structural Studies of Peptides and Polypeptides in the Solid State by Nitrogen-15 NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 26, 55 (1993).

29.  D.B. Collum, "Solution Structures of Lithium Dialkylamides & Related N-Lithiated Species:  Results from 6Li-15N Double Labeling Experiments," Acc. Chem. Res., 26, 227 (1993).

30.  M. Witanowski, L. Stefaniak, and G.A. Webb, "Nitrogen NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 25, 1 (1993).

31.  M. Andreis and J.L. Koenig, "Application of Nitrogen-15 NMR to Polymers," Adv. Polym. Sci., 124, 191 (1995).

32.  J. Mason, "NMR Spectroscopy of Azo, Azoxy and Hydrazo Compounds," in "Chemistry of the Hydrazo, Azo and Azoxy Groups," S. Patai, Ed., Wiley, NY, 1997, Vol. 2, p. 137.

33.  E. Deleens, J.-F. Morot-Gaudry, F. Martin, A. Thoreux, and A. Gojon, "15N Methodology," in "Nitrogen Assimilation by Plants," J.-F. Morot-Gaudry, Ed., Science Publishers, Inc., Enfield, NH, 2001, p. 301.

34.  R. Marek and A. Lycka, "15N NMR Spectroscopy in Structural Analysis," Curr. Org. Chem., 6, 35 (2002).

35.  J. Mason, L.F. Larkworthy, and E.A. Moore, "Nitrogen NMR Spectroscopy of Metal Nitrosyls & Related Compounds," Chem. Rev., 102, 913 (2002).

36.  R. Marek, A. Lycka, E. Kolehmainen, E. Sievanen, and J. Tousek, "15N NMR Spectroscopy in Structural Analysis: An Update (2001-2005)," Curr. Org. Chem., 11, 1154 (2007).

37.  S. Cavadini, "Indirect Detection of Nitrogen-14 in Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 56, 46 (2010).

38.  S. Ulzega, "New Tools in Bio-NMR: Indirect Detection of Nitrogen-14 in Solids," Chimia, 64, 157 (2010).

39.  L.A. OÕDell, "Direct Detection of Nitrogen-14 in Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 59, 295 (2011).

40.  V.H. Pomin, "Advances in Glycosaminoglycanomics by 15N-NMR Spectroscopy," Anal. Bioanal. Chem., 405, 3035 (2013).

41.  H. Andersson, A.-C. C. Carlsson, B. Nekoueishahraki, U. Brath, and M. ErdŽlyi, "Solvent Effects on Nitrogen Chemical Shifts," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 86, 73 (2015).

42.  G.E. Martin and A.J. Williams, "Applications of 1H-15N Long-Range Heteronuclear Shift Correlation and 15NMR in Alkaloid Chemistry," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 84, 1 (2015).

43.  L.A. O'Dell, "14N Overtone Magic Angle Spinning NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 86, 211 (2015).

44.  E. Dib,T. Mineva, and B. Alonso, "Recent Advances in 14N Solid-State NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 87, 175 (2016).

45.  L.B. Krivdin, ÒCalculation of 15N NMR Chemical Shifts: Recent Advances and Perspectives,Ó Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 102-103, 98 (2017).


L.  Phosphorus-31 and Group 15

1.  R.A.Y. Jones and A.R. Katritzky, "Phosphorus NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 1, 32 (1962).

2.  M.M. Crutchfield, C.H. Dungan, J.H. Letcher, V. Mark, and J.R. Van Wazer, "P31 NMR," Top. Phosphorus Chem., 5, 1 (1967).

3.  J.F. Nixon and A. Pidcock, "Phosphorus-31 NMR Spectra of Coordination Compounds," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 2, 346 (1969).

4.  E.G. Finer and R.K. Harris, "Spin-Spin Coupling Between Phosphorus Nuclei," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 6, 61 (1971).

5.  J.R. Van Wazer, "31P NMR," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 4, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1971, Ch. 7.

6.  G. Mavel, "NMR Studies of Phosphorus Compounds (1965-1969)," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 5B, 1 (1973).

7.  J.F. Nixon, "Phosphorus-Phosphorus and Phosphorus-Metal Coupling Constants in Transition Metal Phosphine Complexes," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch.25.

8.  J.F. Brazier, D. Houalla, M. Loening, and R. Wolf, "NMR Parameters of the Proton Directly Bonded to Phosphorus," Top. Phosphorus Chem., 8, 99 (1976).

9.  P.R. Cullis and A.C. McLaughlin, "Phosphorus NMR Studies of Model and Biological Membranes," Trends Biochem. Sci., 2, 196 (1977).

10.  R.K. Harris, "Group V-Arsenic, Antimony and Bismuth," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 11.

11.  C.T. Burt, S.M. Cohen, and M. Barany, "Analysis of Intact Tissue with 31P NMR," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng., 8, 1 (1979).

12.  M. Cohn and B.D.N. Rao, "31P NMR Studies of Enzymic Reactions," Bull. Magn. Reson., 1, 38 (1979).

13.  P.S. Pregosin and R.W. Kunz, "Phosphorus-31 and Carbon-13 NMR of Transition Metal Phosphine Complexes," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 16, 1 (1979).

14.  D.P. Hollis, "Phosphorus NMR of Cells, Tissues and Organelles," Biol. Magn. Reson., 2, 1 (1980).

15.  D.W. Meek, T.J. Mazanec, and K.D. Tan, "Dynamic and Stereochemical Studies by  31P NMR," Ann. NY Acad. Sci., 333, 141 (1980).

16.  I.K. O'Neill and C.P. Richards, "Biological 31P NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 10A, 134 (1980).

17.  P.E. Garrou, "ÆR Ring Contributions to 31P NMR Parameters of Transition-Metal--Phosphorus Chelate Complexes," Chem. Rev., 81, 229 (1981).

18.  D.G. Gorenstein, "Nucleotide Conformational Analysis by 31P NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng., 10, 355 (1981).

19.  P. Hanley, "31P NMR in Living Bodies," Chem. Brit., 17, 374 (1981).

20.  J.A. Koutcher, K.S. Zaner, and R. Damadian, "31P as a Nuclear Probe for the Diagnosis and Treatment of Malignant Tissue," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 19, 101 (1981).

21.  D.W. Meek and T.J. Mazanec, "Determination of Structural and Dynamic Aspects of Organometallic and Coordination Chemistry by Phosphorus-31 NMR Spectroscopy," Acc. Chem. Res., 14, 266 (1981).

22.  A. Pidcock, "Applications of 31P NMR to the Study of Metal-Phosphorus Bonding," Adv. Chem. Ser., 196, 1 (1981).

23.  D.G. Gorenstein, "Non-Biological Aspects of Phosphorus-31 NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 16, 1 (1983).

24.  B.D. Nageswara Rao, "31P NMR Investigations of Enzyme Systems," Biol. Magn. Reson., 5, 75 (1983).

25.  D.G. Gorenstein, "Phosphorus-31 NMR: Principles and Applications," Academic Press, NY, 1984.

26.  C.T. Burt, Ed., "Phosphorus NMR in Biology," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1987.

27.  K.R. Dixon, "Phosphorus to Bismuth," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 13.

28.  J.G. Verkade and L.D. Quin, Eds., "Phosphorus-31 NMR Spectroscopy in  Stereochemical Analysis," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1987.

29.  J.C. Tebby, Ed., "CRC Handbook of Phosphorus-31 NMR Data," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1991.

30.  J.A. Davies, "Solid State 31P NMR Spectroscopic Studies of Tertiary Phosphines and Their Complexes," Coord. Chem. Rev., 114, 61 (1992).

31.  D.G. Gorenstein, "Conformation and Dynamics of DNA and Protein-DNA Complexes by 31P NMR," Chem. Rev., 94, 1315 (1994).

32.  L.D. Quin and J.G. Verkade, Eds., "Phosphorus-31 NMR Spectral Properties in Compound Characterization and Structural Analysis," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1994.

33.  J.H. Nelson, "Characterization of Diastereomers by 31P{1H} NMR Spectroscopy," Coord. Chem. Rev., 139, 245 (1995).

34.  C.D. Hall, "Pentacoordinated and Hexacoordinated Compounds," Organophosphorus Chem., 32, 74 (2002).

35.  B.J. Cade-Menum, "Characterizing Phosphorus in Environmental and Agricultural Samples by 31P NMR Spectroscopy," Talanta, 66, 359 (2005).

36.  M.M. Vaghefi, "Phosphorus NMR Chemical Shifts of Nucleotide Derivatives and Some Related Organophosphorus Compounds," in "Nucleoside Triphosphates and Their Analogs," M. Vaghefi, Ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2005, p. 373.

37.  P. Dais and A. Spyros, "31P NMR Spectroscopy in the Quality Control and Authentication of Extra-Virgin Olive Oil: A Review of Recent Progress," Magn. Reson. Chem., 45, 367 (2007).

38.  A. Iuga, C. Ader, C. Cršger, and E. Brunner, "Applications of Solid-State 31P NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 60, 145 (2007).

39.  J. Schiller, M. MŸller, B. Fuchs, K. Arnold, and D. Huster, "31P NMR Spectroscopy of Phospholipids: From Micelles to Membranes," Curr. Anal. Chem., 3, 283 (2007).

40.  W. Baumann, "NMR Spectroscopic Methods," in "Phosphorus LIgands in Asymmetric Catalysis," Vol. 3, A. Bšrner, Ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2008, p. 1407.

41.  D.S. Glueck, "Applications of 31P NMR Spectroscopy in Development of M (Duphos)-Catalyzed Asymmetric Synthesis of P-Stereogenic Phosphines (M = Pt or Pd)," Coord. Chem. Rev., 252, 2171 (2008).

42.  O. KŸhl, "Phosphorus-31 NMR Spectroscopy: Concise Introduction for the Synthetic Organic and Organometallic Chemist," Springer Verlag, NY, 2008.

43.  A. Spyros and P. Dais, "31P NMR Spectroscopy in Food Analysis," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 54, 195 (2009).

44.  M.J. Potrzebowski, S. Kazmierski, H. Kassassir, and B. Miksa, "Phosphorus-31 NMR Spectroscopy of Condensed Matter," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 70, 35 (2010).

45.  J.-H. Lee, R.A. Komoroski, W.-J. Chu, and J.A. Dudley, "Methods and Applications of Phosphorus NMR Spectroscopy In Vivo," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 75, 115 (2012).

46.  V. Gupta and M.D. Lechner, Eds., "Landolt-Bšrnstein Numerical Data & Functional Relationships in Science & Technology: 31P-NMR Data, Part 1," Springer Verlag, NY, 2013 (ISBN 978-3642320682).

47.  V. Gupta and M.D. Lechner, Eds., "Landolt-Bšrnstein Numerical Data & Functional Relationships in Science & Technology: 31P-NMR Data, Part 2," Springer Verlag, NY, 2014 (ISBN 978-3642416125).

48.  R.R. Gupta, M.D. Lechner, and V. Gupta, "Landolt-Bšrnstein Numerical Data & Functional Relationships in Science & Technology: 31P-NMR Data, Part 3," Springer Verlag, NY, 2014 (ISBN 978-3642415982).

49.  A. Zheng, F. Deng, and S.-B. Liu, "Acidity Characterization of Solid Catalysts by Solid-State 31P NMR of Adsorbed Phosphorus-Containing Probe Molecules," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 81, 47 (2014).

50.  A.V. Filippov, A.M. Khakimov, and B.V. Munavirov, "31P NMR Studies of Phospholipids," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 85, 27 (2015).

 

 

 

 

 

 


M.  Oxygen-17 and Group 16

1.  B.L. Silver and Z. Luz, "Chemical Applications of Oxygen-17 Nuclear and Electron Spin Resonance," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 21, 458 (1967).

2.  A.M. Achlama (Chmelnick) and D. Fiat, "Applications of 17O Magnetic Resonance in Paramagnetic Systems," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 10.

3.  W.G. Klemperer, "17O NMR Spectroscopy as a Structural Probe," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 17, 246 (1978).

4.  C. Rodger, N. Sheppard, C. McFarlane, and W. McFarlane, "Group VI- Oxygen, Sulphur, Selenium, and Tellurium," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 12.

5.  T.E. St. Amour and D. Fiat, "17O NMR," Bull. Magn. Reson., 1, 118 (1980).

6.  D. Fiat, T.E. St. Amour, M.I. Burgar, A. Steinschneider, B. Valentine, and D. Dhawan, "17O NMR and Its Biological Applications," Bull. Magn. Reson., 2, 18 (1981).

7.  J.-P. Kintzinger, "Oxygen-17 NMR: Characteristic Parameters and Applications," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 17, 1 (1981).

8.  J.-P. Kintzinger, "Oxygen-17 NMR," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 4.

9.  W.G. Klemperer, "Application of 17O NMR Spectroscopy to Structural Problems," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 245 (1983).

10.  H.C.E. McFarlane and W. McFarlane, "Selenium-77 and Tellurium-125," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 10.

11.  M.D. Tsai and K. Bruzik, "NMR Methods Involving Oxygen Isotopes in Biophosphates," Biol. Magn. Reson., 5, 129 (1983).

12.  J.F. Hinton, "Sulfur-33 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 19, 1 (1987).

13.  H.C.E. McFarlane and W. McFarlane, "Oxygen," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 14.

14.  H.C.E. McFarlane and W. McFarlane, "Sulfur, Selenium, and Tellurium," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 15.

15.  V.M. Bzhezovskii and G.A. Kalabin, "Sulfur-33 NMR Spectroscopy," in "Chemistry of Organosulfur Compounds," L.I. Belen'kii, Ed., Ellis Horwood, NY, 1990.

16.  D.W. Boykin, Ed., "17O NMR Spectroscopy in Organic Chemistry," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1991.

17.  G. Barbarella, "Sulfur-33 NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 25, 317 (1993).

18.  I.P. Gerothanassis, "17O NMR Studies of Hemoproteins & Synthetic Model Compounds in the Solution & Solid States," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 239 (1994).

19.  I. Zicmane and E. Lukevics, "17O NMR Spectroscopy in the Study of Group 14 Organometallic Compounds," Appl. Organomet. Chem., 8, 287 (1994).

20.  H. Duddeck, "Selenium-77 NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 27, 1 (1995).

21.  T.M. Klapotke and M. Broschag, "Compilation of Reported Selenium-77 NMR Chemical Shifts," Wiley/VCH, NY, 1996.

22.  S.F.A. Kettle, "Compilation of Reported 77Se NMR Chemical Shifts up to the Year 1994 by T.M. Klapotke and M. Broschag," Spectrochim. Acta, Part A, 53, 1880 (1997).

23.  P. Granger, "Selenium and Tellurium Solid State NMR," Phosphorus Sulfur Silicon, 136, 137 & 138, 373 (1998).

24.  M.J. Potrzebowski, "High Resolution Selenium Solid State NMR Spectroscopy as a Tool for Structural Studies of Organoselenium Compounds," Phosphorus Sulfur Silicon, 136, 137 & 138, 423 (1998).

25.  T.M. Alam, M. Celina, D.R. Wheeler, R.A. Assink, R.L. Clough, and K.T. Gillen, "Using 17O NMR Spectroscopy to Investigate Polymer Degradation," Polym. News, 24, 186 (1999).

26.  S. Kuroki, K. Yamauchi, I. Ando, A. Shoji, and T. Ozaki, "17O-Isotope Labeling and Hydrogen-Bonded Structure Investigation in Peptides and Polypeptides by Solid State 17O NMR," Curr. Org. Chem., 5, 1001 (2001).

27.  H. Duddeck, "77Se NMR Spectroscopy and Its Applications in Chemistry," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 52, 105 (2004).

28.  V. Lemaitre, M.E. Smith, and A. Watts, "A Review of Oxygen-17 Solid-State NMR of Organic Materials-Towards Biological Applications," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 26, 215 (2004).

29.  X.-H. Zhu, N. Zhang, Y. Zhang, X. Zhang, K. Ugurbil, and W. Chen, "In vivo 17O NMR Approaches for Brain Study at High Field, "NMR Biomed., 18, 83 (2005).

30.  G. Cerioni and F. Mocci, "17O NMR Spectroscopy of Organic Compounds Containing the -O-O- Group," in "The Chemistry of Peroxides," Vol. 2, Pt. 1, Z. Rappoport, Ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2006, p. 171.

31.  E. Balogh and W.H. Casey, "High-Pressure 17O-NMR Studies on Some Aqueous Polyoxoions in Water," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 53, 193 (2008).

32.  G. Wu, "Solid-State 17O NMR Studies of Organic and Biological Molecules," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 52, 118 (2008).

33.  B.A. Demko and R.E. Wasylishen, "Solid-State Selenium-77 NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 54, 208 (2009).

34.  R. Musio, "Applications of 33S NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 68, 1 (2009).

35.  I.P. Gerothanassis, "Oxygen-17 NMR Spectroscopy: Basic Principles and Applications (Part 1)," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 56, 95 (2010).

36.  I.P. Gerothanassis, "Oxygen-17 NMR Spectroscopy: Basic Principles and Applications (Part 2)," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 57, 1 (2010).

37.  K. Yamada, "Recent Applications of Solid-State 17O NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 70, 115 (2010).

38.  X.-H. Zhu and W. Chen, "In Vivo Oxygen-17 NMR for Imaging Brain Oxygen Metabolism at High Field," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 59, 319 (2011).

39.  A. Wong and F. Poli, "Solid-State 17O NMR Studies of Biomolecules," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 83, 145 (2014).

40.  F. Castiglione, A. Mele, and G. Raos, "17O NMR: A Rare and Sensitive Probe of Molecular Interactions and Dynamics," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 85, 143 (2015).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


N.  Fluorine-19

1.  W.D. Phillips, "High Resolution H1 and F19 Magnetic Resonance Spectra of Organic Molecules," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 2, F.C. Nachod and W.D. Phillips, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1962, Ch. 6.

2.  E.F. Mooney and P.H. Winson, "Fluorine-19 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 1, 244 (1968).

3.  C.H. Dungan and J.R. Van Wazer, "Compilation of Reported F19 NMR Chemical Shifts (1951 to Mid 1967)," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1970.

4.  E.F. Mooney, "An Introduction to 19F NMR Spectroscopy," Heyden, London, 1970.

5.  J.W. Emsley and L. Phillips, "Fluorine Chemical Shifts," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 7, 1 (1971).

6.  K. Jones and E.F. Mooney, "Fluorine-19 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 4, 391 (1971).

7.  R. Fields, "Fluorine-19 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR  Spectrosc., 5A, 99 (1972).

8.  I.R. Ager and L. Phillips, "19F NMR Studies of Some Mono- and Binuclear Aromatic Conjugated Systems," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and  G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 21.

9.  E.G. Brame, Jr., "19F NMR Studies of Fluorocarbon Polymers," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 20.

10.  L. Cavalli, "Fluorine Chemical Shifts and F-F Coupling Constants," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 19.

11.  L. Cavalli, "Fluorine-19 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 6B, 43 (1976).

12.  M. Hudlicky, "Chemistry of Fluorine Compounds," Ellis Horwood, NY, 1976, pp. 576-594.

13.  J.W. Emsley, L. Phillips, and V. Wray, "Fluorine Coupling Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 10, 85 (1977).

14.  R. Fields, "Fluorine-19 NMR Spectroscopy of Fluoroalkyl and Fluoroaryl Derivatives of Transition Metals," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 7, 1 (1977).

15.  J.T. Gerig, "19F NMR in Biochemistry," Biol. Magn. Reson., 1, 139 (1978).

16.  V. Wray, "Fluorine-19 NMR Spectroscopy (1976-1978)," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 10B, 1 (1980).

17.  J.T. Gerig, "Applications of Fluorine NMR in Biochemistry," in "Biomedical Aspects of Fluorine Chemistry," R. Filler and Y. Kobayashi, Eds., Kodansha, Tokyo, 1982, p. 163.

18.  V. Wray, "Fluorine-19 NMR Spectroscopy (1979-1981)," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 14, 1 (1983).

19.  C.J. Jameson, "Fluorine," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 16.

20.  F.J. Weigert and K.J. Karel, "A Fluorine NMR Database," J. Fluorine Chem., 37, 125 (1987).

21.  T.S. Everett, "The Correlation of Multinuclear Spectral Data for Selectively Fluorinated Organic Compounds," J. Chem. Educ., 65, 422 (1988).

22.  R.K. Harris and P. Jackson, "High-Resolution Fluorine-19 Magnetic Resonance of Solids," Chem. Rev., 91, 1427 (1991).

23.  J.T. Gerig, "Fluorine NMR of Proteins," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 293 (1994).

24.  T.S. Everett, "NMR Spectroscopy of Organofluorine Compounds," in "Chemistry of Organic Fluorine Compounds II," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1995, ACS Monogr. No. 187, p. 1037.

25.  J.M. Miller, "Fluorine-19 Magic-Angle Spinning NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 28, 255 (1996).

26.  P. Bachert, "Pharmacokinetics Using Fluorine NMR in vivo," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 33, 1 (1998).

27.  R. Martino, M. Malet-Martino, and V. Gilard, "Fluorine NMR: a Privileged Tool for Metabolic Studies of Fluoropyrimidine Drugs," Curr. Drug Metab., 1, 271 (2000).

28.  U. DŸrr and N. Heiner, "Solid-State 19F-NMR on Fluorine-Labeled Model Compounds and Biomolecules," UniversitŠt Karlsrhue, Karlsruhe, Germany, 2005.

29.  A.S. Ulrich, "Solid State 19F NMR Methods for Studying Biomembranes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 46, 1 (2005).

30.  J. Battiste and R.A. Newmark, "Applications of 19F Multidimensional NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 48, 1 (2006).

31.  C. Dalvit, "Ligand- and Substrate-Based 19F NMR Screening: Principles and Applications to Drug Discovery," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 51, 243 (2007).

32.  T. Beringhelli, D. Donghi, D. Maggioni, and G. DÕAlfonso, "Solution Structure, Dynamics and Speciation of Perfluoroaryl Boranes through 1H and 19F NMR Spectroscopy," Coord. Chem. Rev., 252, 2292 (2008).

33.  J.A. Tossell, "Theoretical and Experimental Studies on 19F NMR Shieldings in Mineral Glasses, Zeolites and Related Silsesquioxanes," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 64, 1 (2008).

34.  C. Belle, C. Beguin, S. Hamman, and J.-L. Pierre, "19F NMR: An Underused Efficient Probe for Paramagnetic Metal Clusters in Bioinorganic Solution Chemistry," Coord. Chem. Rev., 253, 963 (2009).

35.  S.L. Cobb and C.D. Murphy, "19F NMR Applications in Chemical Biology," J. Fluorine Chem., 130, 132 (2009).

36.  W.R. Dolbier, Jr., "Handbook of Fluorine NMR for Organic Chemists," Wiley, NY, 2009 (ISBN 978-0470-193419).

37.  J.L. Kitevski-LeBlanc and R.S. Prosser, "Current Applications of 19F NMR to Studies of Protein Structure and Dynamics," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 62, 1 (2012).

38.  H. Chen, S. Viel, F. Ziarelli, and L. Peng, "19F NMR: a Valuable Tool for Studying Biological Events," Chem. Soc. Rev., 42, 7971 (2013).

39.  J.-X. Yu, R.R. Hallac, S. Chiguru, and R.P. Mason, "New Frontiers and Developing Applications in 19F NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 70, 25 (2013).

40.  W.R. Dolbier, Jr., "Handbook of Fluorine NMR for Organic Chemists," 2nd ed., Wiley, NY, 2016 (ISBN 978-1118831083).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


O.  Chlorine and Group 17

1.  C. Hall, "The Application of Chlorine, Bromine and Iodine NMR Spectroscopy to the Study of Physico-Chemical Processes in Liquids," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 25, 87 (1971).

2.  B. Lindman and S. ForsŽn, "Chlorine, Bromine and Iodine NMR, Physico-Chemical and Biological Applications," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 12, 1 (1976).

3.  B. Lindman and S. ForsŽn, "The Halogens-Chlorine, Bromine and Iodine," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 13.

4.  B. Lindman, "Chlorine, Bromine and Iodine," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 1, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 9.

5.  J.W. Akitt, "The Quadrupolar Halides: Chlorine, Bromine and Iodine," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 17.

6.  P. Taylor and B. Everatt, "NMR Spectroscopy," in "The Chemistry of Halides, Pseudohalides, and Azides," S. Patai and Z. Rappoport, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1995, Pt. 1, p. 267.

7.  D.L. Bryce and G.D. Sward, "Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy of the Quadrupolar Halogens: Chlorine-35/37, Bromine-79/81, and Iodine-127," Magn. Reson. Chem., 44, 409 (2006).

8.  R.P. Chapman, C.M. Widdifield, and D.L. Bryce, "Solid-State NMR of Quadrupolar Halogen Nuclei," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 55, 215 (2009).

9.  C.M. Widdifield, R.P. Chapman, and D.L. Bryce, "Chlorine, Bromine, and Iodine Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 66, 195 (2009).

10.  B.J. Butler, J.M. Hook, and J.B. Harper, "Recent Advances in the NMR Spectroscopy of Chlorine, Bromine and Iodine," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 73, 63 (2011).

11.  P.M.J. Szell and D.L. Bryce, "Recent Advances in Chlorine, Bromine, and Iodine Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 84, 115 (2015).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


P.  Inert Gases

1.  G.J. Schrobilgen, "The Noble Gases," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 14.

2.  C.J. Jameson, "The Noble Gases," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 18.

3.  C. Dybowski, N. Bansal, and T.M. Duncan, "NMR Spectroscopy of Xenon in Confined Spaces: Clathrathes, Intercalates, and Zeolites," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 42, 433 (1991).

4.  P.J. Barrie and J. Klinowski, "Xe-129 NMR as a Probe for the Study of Microporous Solids: A Critical Review," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 24, 91 (1992).

5.  J. Jokisaari, "NMR of Noble Gases Dissolved in Isotropic and Anisotropic Liquids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 1 (1994).

6.  D. Raftery and B.F. Chmelka, "Xenon NMR Spectroscopy," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 30, 111 (1994).

7.  M.A. Springuel-Huet, "129Xe NMR of Physiosorbet Xenon," NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 491, 331, 349 (1997).

8.  C.I. Ratcliffe, "Xenon NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 36, 123 (1998).

9.  M. Gerken and G.J. Schrobilgen, "Impact of Multi-NMR Spectroscopy on the Development of Noble-Gas Chemistry," Coord. Chem. Rev., 197, 335 (2000).

10.  T. Pietrass, "Optically Polarized 129Xe in Magnetic Resonance Techniques," Magn. Reson. Rev., 17, 263 (2000).

11.  B.M. Goodson, "NMR of Laser-Polarized Noble Gases in Molecules, Materials, and Organisms," J. Magn. Reson., 155, 157 (2002).

12.  A.-M. Oros and N.J. Shah, "Hyperpolarized Xenon in NMR and MRI," Phys. Med. Biol., 49, R105 (2004).

13.  D. Raftery, "Xenon NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 57, 205 (2006).

14.  K.V. Romanenko, "129Xe NMR Studies of Xenon Adsorption," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 69, 1 (2010).

15.  C. Keenan, "Probing Changes at the Lipid-Water Interface via Xe-129 NMR: Dynamical and Structural Changes of Fully Hydrated Lipid Vesicles Characterized by Chemical Shift Analysis," LAP LAMBERT Academic Publishing, 2011 (ISBN 978-3845471532).

16.  T. Meersmann and E. Brunner, Eds. "Hyperpolarized Xenon-129 Magnetic Resonance: Concepts, Production, Techniques, and Applications," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2014 (New Developments in NMR, 4; ISBN 978-1849738897).

17.  Y. Wang and I.J. Dmochowski, "An Expanded Palette of Xenon-129 NMR Biosensors," Acc. Chem. Res., 49, 2179 (2016).

18.  E. Weiland, M.-A. Springuel-Huet, A. Nossov, and A. Gedeon, "Xenon-129 NMR: Review of Recent Insights into Porous Materials," Microporous Mesoporous Mater., 225, 41 (2016).

 

 


Q.  Transition Metals

1.  N.A. Kostromina, "The Application of the High-Resolution NMR Method in Coordination Chemistry," Russ. J. Inorg. Chem., 20, 969 (1975).

2.  R.G. Kidd and R.J. Goodfellow, "The Transition Metals," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 8.

3.  P.S. Pregosin and L.M. Venanzi, "Multinuclear NMR and the Preparative Coordination Chemist," Chem. Brit., 14, 276 (1978).

4.  R.G. Kidd, "Nuclear Shielding of the Transition Metals," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 10A, 2 (1980).

5.  P.L. Rinaldi, G.C. Levy, and G.C. Choppin, "Recent Applications of Metal Ion NMR in Coordination Chemistry," Rev. Inorg. Chem., 2, 53 (1980).

6.  A. Aime, "Multinuclear NMR Studies of Transition Metal Carbonyl Clusters," Inorg. Chim. Acta, 62, 51 (1982).

7.  P.S. Pregosin, "Platinum-195 NMR," Coord. Chem. Rev., 44, 247 (1982).

8.  D. Rehder, "A Survey of 51V NMR Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 4, 33 (1982).

9.  I.M. Armitage and Y. Boulanger, "Cadmium-113," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 13.

10.  P.D. Ellis, "113Cd NMR Spectroscopy," Science (Washington, DC), 221, 1141 (1983).

11.  P.M. Henrichs, "Silver-109," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 12.

12.  P. Laszlo, "Cobalt-59," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 9.

13.  B.E. Mann, "Rhodium-103," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 15.

14.  D. Rehder, "NMR of the First Transition Series Nuclei (Sc to Zn)," Magn. Reson. Rev., 9, 125 (1984).

15.  J.J. Dechter, "NMR of Metal Nuclides. Part II. The Transition Metals," Prog. Inorg. Chem., 33, 393 (1985).

16.  P.S. Pregosin, "Platinum NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 17, 285 (1986).

17.  R.J. Goodfellow, "Group VIII Transition Metals," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 20.

18.  R.J. Goodfellow, "Post-Transition Metals, Copper to Mercury," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 21.

19.  J. Mason, "Patterns of Nuclear Magnetic Shielding of Transition-Metal Nuclei," Chem. Rev., 87, 1299 (1987).

20.  D. Rehder, "Early Transition Metals, Lanthanides and Actinides" in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 19.

21.  A.P. Gulya, "Cobalt-59 NMR Spectroscopy in Cobalt Coordination Compound Chemistry," Koord. Khim., 14, 1155 (1988).

22.  M.F. Summers, "Cd-113 NMR Spectroscopy of Coordination Compounds and Proteins," Coord. Chem. Rev., 86, 43 (1988).

23.  J. Mason, "NMR Spectroscopy of the Early Transition Metals," Polyhedron, 8, 1657 (1989).

24.  O.W. Howarth, "Vanadium-51 NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 453 (1990).

25.  R.G. Kidd, "The Oxidation-State Dependence of Transition-Metal Shielding," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 23, 85 (1991).

26.  P.S. Pregosin, Ed., "Transition Metal NMR," in "Studies in Inorganic Chemistry," Elsevier, NY, 1991 (Studies in Inorganic Chemistry, Vol. 13).

27.  J.A. Davies and S. Dutremeg, "Solid State NMR Studies of d-Block and p-Block Metal Nuclei," Coord. Chem. Rev., 114, 201 (1992).

28.  B. Wrackmeyer and R. Contreras, "Hg-199 NMR Parameters," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 24, 267 (1992).

29.  W. Levason and D. Pletche, "195Pt NMR Spectroscopy," Plat. Met. Rev., 37, 17 (1993).

30.  G. Kirakosyan, "NMR in the Study of Inorganic Complexes of the Noble Metals," in "Complex Formation and Stereochemistry of Coordinating Compounds," Y. Buslaev, Ed., Nova Science Publishers, Commack, NY, 1996, p. 49.

31.  J. Malito, "Molybdenum-95 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 33, 151 (1997).

32.  J. Malito, "Copper-63 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 38, 265 (1999).

33.  W. Von Philipsborn, "Probing Organometallic Structure & Reactivity by Transition Metal NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Soc. Rev., 28, 95 (1999).

34.  K. Zangger and I.M. Armitage, "Silver and Gold NMR," Met.-Based Drugs, 6, 239 (1999).

35.  J.C.C. Chan and S.C.F. Au-Yeung, "Cobalt-59 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 41, 1 (2000).

36.  Y.-G. Chen, J. Gong, and L.-Y. Qu, "Tungsten-183 NMR Spectroscopy in the Study of Polyoxometalates," Coord. Chem. Rev., 238-239, 245 (2003).

37.  J.M. Ernsting, S. Gaemers, and C.J. Elsevier, "103Rh NMR Spectroscopy and Its Application to Rhodium Chemistry," Magn. Reson. Chem., 42, 721 (2004).

38.  P.S. Pregosin and H. RŸgger, "NMR Spectroscopy," in "Comprehensive Coordination Chemistry II," J.A. McCleverty and T.J. Meyer, Eds., Elsevier, NY, 2004, Vol. 2, p. 1.

39.  N. Askenasy and G. Navon, "Measurements of Intracellular Volumes by 59Co and 2H/1H NMR and Their Physiological Applications," NMR Biomed., 18, 104 (2005).

40.  V.A. Mikhalev, "99Tc Spectroscopy," Radiochemistry (Transl. of Radiokhimiya), 47, 319 (2005).

41.  E. Gabano, E. Marengo, M. Bobba, E. Robotti, C. Cassino, M. Botta, and D. Osella, "195Pt NMR Spectroscopy: A Chemometric Approach," Coord. Chem. Rev., 250, 2158 (2006).

42.  A.G. Goutsolelos and G.A. Spyroulias, "67Zn NMR, aTool for Coordination Chemistry Problems," in "Chemistry of Organozinc Compounds," Vol. 1, Pt. 1, Z. Rappoport and I. Marek, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2006, p. 147.

43.  G.H. Penner and X. Liu, "Silver NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 49, 151 (2006).

44.  D. Rehder, T. Polenova, and B. BŸhl, "Vanadium-51 NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 62, 49 (2007).

45.  B.M. Still, P.G. Anil Kumar, J.R. Aldrich-Wright, and W.S. Price, "195Pt NMR: Theory and Application," Chem. Soc. Rev., 36, 665 (2007).

46.  G. Bellachioma, G. Ciancaleoni, C. Zuccaccia, D. Zuccaccia, and A. Macchioni, "NMR Investigation of Non-Covalent Aggregation of Coordination Compounds Ranging from Dimers and Ion Pairs Up to Nano-Aggregates," Coord. Chem. Rev., 252, 2224 (2008).

47.  F. Borsa, Y. Furukawa, and A. Lascialfari, "Review of NMR and mSR Studies in the Molecular Nanomagnet Mn12-ac," Inorg. Chim. Acta, 361, 3777 (2008).

48.  L. Carlton, "Rhodium-103 NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 63, 49 (2008).

49.  R.M. Gschwind, "Organocuprates and Diamagnetic Copper Complexes: Structures and NMR Spectroscopic Structure Elucidation in Solution," Chem. Rev., 108, 3029 (2008).

50.  L. Helm, "Ligand Exchange and Complex Formation Kinetics Studied by NMR Exemplified on fac-[(CO)3M(H2O)]+ (M = Mn, Tc, Re)," Coord. Chem. Rev., 252, 2346 (2008).

51.  R.H. Morris, "Dihydrogen, Dihydride and In Between: NMR and Structural Properties of Iron Group Complexes," Coord. Chem. Rev., 252, 2381 (2008).

52.  D. Rehder, "Vanadium NMR of Organovanadium Complexes," Coord. Chem. Rev., 252, 2209 (2008).

53.  M.R. Chierotti and R. Gobetto, "Solid-State NMR Investigations of Ligand Mobility and Reactivity in Transition Metal Complexes," Eur. J. Inorg. Chem., 2581 (2009).

54.  A.N. Egorochkin, O.V.Kuznetsova, N.M. Khameletdinova, Y.A. Kurskii, L.G. Domratcheva-Lvova, and G.A. Domrachev, "Transition Metal NMR Chemical Shifts and Polarizability Effect in Organometallic Complexes," Magn. Reson. Chem., 47, 782 (2009).

55.  T. GŠrtner and R.M. Gschwind, "NMR of Organocopper Compounds," in "Chemistry of Organocopper Compounds," Pt. 1, Z. Rappoport and I. Marek, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2009, p. 163.

56.  A. Ikezaki, Y. Ohgo, and M. Nakamura, "NMR Studies on the Electronic Structure of One-Electron Oxidized Complexes of Iron(III) Porphyrinates," Coord. Chem. Rev., 253, 2056 (2009).

57.  M. Kaupp and B. BŸhl, "NMR Parameters of Transition Metal Complexes: Methods and Applications," in "Computational Inorganic and Bioinorganic Chemistry," E.I. Solomon, R.A. Scott, and R.B. King., Eds., Wiley, NY, 2009, p. 91.

58.  F. Mathey, "Transition Metal Organometallic Chemistry," Springer Verlag, NY, 2013 (ISBN 978-9814451086, paperback).

59.  L. Pazderski, "15N and 31P NMR Coordination Shifts in Transition Metal Complexes with Nitrogen-Containing Heterocycles," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 80, 33 (2013).

60.  M.A. Fedotov, "NMR in Inorganic and Coordination Chemistry," Cambridge International Scientific Publishing, London, 2014 (ISBN 978-1907343834).

61.  Y. Huang and A. Sutrisno, "Recent Advances in Solid-State 67Zn NMR Studies: From Nanoparticles to Biological Systems," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 81, 1 (2014).

62.  B.E.G. Lucier and Y. Huang, "Review of 91Zr Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 84, 233 (2015).

63.  B.E.G. Lucier and Y. Huang, "Reviewing 47-49Ti Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy: From Alloys and Simple Compounds to Catalysts and Porous Materials," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 88, 1 (2016).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


R.  Lanthanides and Actinides

1.  M.A.H. McCausland and J.S. MacKenzie, "NMR in Rare Earth Metals," Taylor & Francis, Philadelphia, PA, 1980.

2.  I. Ursu and V. Lupei, "Magnetic Resonance Studies of Some Uranium Compounds," Magn. Reson. Rev., 10, 253 (1985).

3.  D. Rehder, "Early Transition Metals, Lanthanides and Actinides" in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 19.

4.  G. Otting, "Prospects for Lanthanides in Structural Biology by NMR," J. Biomol. NMR, 42,1 (2008).

5.  E. Krahn, C. Marie, and K. Nash, "Probing Organic Phase Ligand Exchange Kinetics of 4f/5f Solvent Extraction Systems with NMR Spectroscopy," Coord. Chem. Rev., 316, 21 (2016).

 


VI.  DYNAMIC NMR

 

1.  J.E. Anderson, "The Study of Ring Inversion by NMR Spectroscopy," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 19, 426 (1965).

2.  N.C. Franklin and H. Feltkamp, "Conformational Analysis of Cyclohexane Derivatives by NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 4, 774 (1965).

3.  C.S. Johnson, Jr., "Chemical Rate Processes and Magnetic Resonance," Adv. Magn. Reson., 1, 33 (1965).

4.  L.W. Reeves, "NMR Measurements of Reaction Velocities and Equilibrium Constants as a Function of Temperature," Adv. Phys. Org. Chem., 3, 187 (1965).

5.  R.M. Lynden-Bell, "The Calculation of Line Shapes by Density Matrix Methods," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 2, 163 (1967).

6.  G. Binsch, "The Study of Intramolecular Rate Processes by Dynamic NMR," Top. Stereochem., 3, 97 (1968).

7.  T.L. Brown, "NMR Studies of Organometallic Exchange Processes," Acc. Chem. Res., 1, 23 (1968).

8.  F.A. Cotton, "Fluxional Organometallic Molecules," Acc. Chem. Res., 1, 257 (1968).

9.  W.A. Thomas, "NMR Spectroscopy in Conformational Analysis," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 1, 43 (1968).

10.  H. Booth, "Applications of 1H NMR Spectroscopy to Conformational Analysis of Cyclic Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 5, 149 (1969).

11.  N.S. Ham and T. Mole, "The Application of NMR to Organometallic Exchange Reactions," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 4, 91 (1969).

12.  T.H. Siddall, III and W.E. Stewart, "Magnetic Nonequivalence Related to Symmetry Considerations and Restricted Molecular Motion," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 5, 33 (1969).

13.  J.C. Davis, Jr., and K.K. Deb, "Analysis of Hydrogen Bonding and Related Association Equilibria by NMR," Adv. Magn. Reson., 4, 201 (1970).

14.  H. Kessler, "Detection of Hindered Rotation and Inversion by NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 9, 219 (1970).

15.  E.L. Muetterties, "Stereochemically Nonrigid Structures," Acc. Chem. Res., 3, 266 (1970).

16.  W.E. Stewart and T.H. Siddall, III, "NMR Studies of Amides," Chem. Rev., 70, 517 (1970).

17.  W.A. Thomas, "NMR Spectroscopy as an Aid in Conformational Analysis," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 3, 91 (1970).

18.  D.C. Ailion, "NMR and Ultraslow Motions," Adv. Magn. Reson., 5, 177 (1971).

19.  F.A.L. Anet and R. Anet, "Configuration and Conformation by NMR," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 3, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1971, Ch. 7.

20.  A.I. Kol'tsov and G.M. Kheifets, "Investigation of Keto-Enol Tautomerism by NMR Spectroscopy," Russ. Chem. Rev., 40, 773 (1971).

21.  J.B. Lambert, "Pyramidal Atomic Inversion," Top. Stereochem., 6, 19 (1971).

22.  I.O. Sutherland, "The Investigation of the Kinetics of Conformational Changes by NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 4, 71 (1971).

23.  I. Ugi, D. Marquarding, H. Klusacek, P. Gillespie, and F. Ramirez, "Berry Pseudorotation and Turnstile Rotation," Acc. Chem. Res., 4, 288 (1971).

24.  B. Coxon, "Conformational Analysis via NMR Spectroscopy," Methods Carbohydr. Chem., 6, 513 (1972).

25.  A.I. Kol'tsov and G.M. Kheifets, "Study of Tautomerism by NMR Spectroscopy," Russ. Chem. Rev., 41, 452 (1972).

26.  H. Beall and C.H. Bushweller, "Dynamical Processes in Boranes, Borane Complexes, Carboranes, and Related Compounds," Chem. Rev., 73, 465 (1973).

27.  L.A. Fedorov, "Stereochemical Nonrigidity (Internal Rotation and Metallotropy) of Organic Derivatives of Transition Metals Investigated by NMR Spectroscopy," Russ. Chem. Rev., 42, 678 (1973).

28.  J.P. Jesson and P. Meakin, "Determination of Mechanistic Information from NMR Line Shapes for Intramolecular Exchange," Acc. Chem. Res., 6, 269 (1973).

29.  C.S. Johnson, Jr., and C.G. Moreland, "The Calculation of NMR Spectra for Many-Site Exchange Problems," J. Chem. Educ., 50, 477 (1973).

30.  N.M. Sergeyev, "Dynamic NMR," Russ. Chem. Rev., 42, 339 (1973).

31.  J. Sandstršm, "Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy," Endeavour, 33, 111 (1974).

32.  P.D. Buckley, K.W. Jolley, and D.N. Pinder, "Applications of Density Matrix Theory to NMR Lineshape Calculations," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 10, 1 (1975).

33.  L.M. Jackman and F.A. Cotton, Eds., "Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, NY, 1975.

34.  J.B. Lambert and S.I. Featherman, "Conformational Analysis of Pentamethylene Heterocyclics," Chem. Rev., 75, 611 (1975).

35.  R. Srinivasan, "Tunnelling Processes as Studied by Magnetic Resonance Techniques," MTP Int. Rev. Sci., Phys. Chem., Ser. 1, 4, 209 (1975).

36.  M.R. Willcott and R.E. Davis, "Determination of Molecular Conformation in Solution," Science (Washington, DC), 190, 850 (1975).

37.  S. Aime and L. Milone, "Dynamic 13C NMR Spectroscopy of Metal Carbonyls," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 11, 183 (1977).

38.  S.F. Lincoln, "Kinetic Applications of NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. React. Kinet., 9 (1977).

39.  B.E. Mann, "Dynamic 13C NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 11, 95 (1977).

40.  C.A. Fyfe, M. Cocivera, and S.W.H. Damji, "Flow and Stopped-Flow NMR Investigations of Intermediates in Chemical Reactions," Acc. Chem. Res., 11, 277 (1978).

41.  A. Steigel, "Mechanistic Studies of Rearrangements and Exchange Reactions by Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 15, 1 (1978).

42.  S. Szymanski, M. Witanowski, and A. Gryff-Keller, "Problems in Theory and Analysis of Dynamic NMR Spectra," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 8, 228 (1978).

43.  P. Laszlo, "Fast Kinetics Studied by NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 13, 257 (1979).

44.  G. Binsch and H. Kessler, "The Kinetic and Mechanistic Evaluation of NMR Spectra," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 19, 411 (1980).

45.  J.L. Kaplan and G. Fraenkel, "NMR of Chemically Exchanging Systems," Academic Press, NY, 1980.

46.  W.J.E. Parr and T. Schaefer, "The J  Method: Application of NMR Spectroscopy to the Determination of Small Internal Rotation Barriers in Solution," Acc. Chem. Res., 13, 400 (1980).

47.  C.J. Jameson, "Effects of Intermolecular Interactions and Intramolecular Dynamics on Nuclear Resonance," Bull. Magn. Reson., 3, 3 (1981).

48.  O. Jardetzky, "NMR Studies of Macromolecular Dynamics," Acc. Chem. Res., 14, 291 (1981); Acc. Chem. Res., 15, 94 (1982).

49.  C.J. Hawkins and J.A. Palmer, "Conformational Analysis of Chelate Ring Systems by NMR," Coord. Chem. Rev., 44, 1 (1982).

50.  H. Kessler and M. Feigel, "Direct Observation of Recombination Barriers of Ion Pairs by Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy," Acc. Chem. Res., 15, 2 (1982).

51.  B.E. Mann, "Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy in Inorganic and Organometallic Chemistry," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 12, 263 (1982).

52.  J. Sandstršm, "Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, NY, 1982.

53.  J. Brocas and M. Gielen, "The Permutational Approach to Dynamic Stereochemistry," McGraw-Hill, NY, 1983.

54.  J.B. Lambert, "Dynamic NMR Processes," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 91 (1983).

55.  M.L. Martin, X.Y. Sun, and G.J. Martin, "Isomerization Processes Involving N-X Bonds," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 16, 187 (1985).

56.  M. Oki, "Applications of Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy to Organic Chemistry," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1985.

57.  Y. Takeuchi and A.P. Marchand, Eds., "Applications of NMR  Spectroscopy to Problems in Stereochemistry and Conformational Analysis," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1986.

58.  E.L. Eliel, "Ambient Effects in Conformational Analysis as Detected by NMR Spectroscopy," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 9.

59.  R. Rittner, "Substituent Effects of a-Heteroatoms. Stereochemical Consequences," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch.8.

60.  K.G. Orrell and V. Sik, "Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy in Inorganic and Organometallic Chemistry," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 19, 79 (1987).

61.  H.U. Siehl, "Isotope Effects on NMR Spectra of Equilibrating Systems," Adv. Phys. Org. Chem., 23, 63 (1987).

62.  P. Stilbs, "Fourier Transform Pulsed-Gradient Spin-Echo Studies of Molecular Diffusion," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 19, 1 (1987).

63.  R. Willem, "2D NMR Applied to Dynamic Stereochemical Problems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 1 (1987).

64.  M.F. D'Agostino and M.J. McGlinchey, "Mixed Metal Clusters Containing Carbyne or Ketenylidene Bridges: High Field NMR Spectroscopy as a Probe for Structure and Mechanism," Polyhedron, 7, 807 (1988).

65.  K.G. Orrell, "NMR Studies of the Dynamic Stereochemistry of S and Se Complexes of Pt," Coord. Chem. Rev., 96, 1 (1989).

66.  K.G. Orrell, V. Sik, and D. Stephenson, "Quantitative Investigations of Molecular Stereodynamics by 1D and 2D NMR Methods," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 141 (1990).

67.  C.L. Perrin and T.J. Dwyer, "Application of Two-Dimensional NMR to Kinetics of Chemical Exchange," Chem. Rev., 90, 935 (1990).

68.  H.W. Spiess, "Structure and Dynamics of Solid Polymers from 2D- and 3D-NMR," Chem. Rev., 91, 1321 (1991).

69.  K.G. Orrell and V. Sik, "Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy in Inorganic and Organometallic Chemistry," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 27, 103 (1993).

70.  R. Tycko, Ed., "NMR Probes of Molecular Dynamics," Kluwer, Norwell, MA, 1994 (Understanding Chemical Reactivity, Vol. 8).

71.  J.-J. Delpuech, Ed., "Dynamics of Solutions and Fluid Mixtures by NMR," Wiley, NY, 1995.

72.  F. Gasparrini, L. Lunazzi, D. Misiti, and C. Villani, "Organic Stereochemistry & Conformational Analysis from Enantioselective Chromatography & Dynamic NMR Measurements," Acc. Chem. Res., 28, 163 (1995).

73.  P.T. Callaghan and J. Stepisnik, "Generalized Analysis of Motions Using Magnetic Field Gradients," Adv. Magn. Opt. Reson., 19, 325 (1996).

74.  N.S. Sullivan, "NMR at Very Low Temperatures:  Population Difference Thermometry," Bull. Magn. Reson., 18, 258 (1997).

75.  N.S. Sullivan, "NMR Studies of the Dynamics of Orientational Glasses," Bull. Magn. Reson., 18, 265 (1997).

76.  H. Desvaux and P. Berthault, "Study of Dynamic Processes in Liquids Using Off-Resonance RF Irradiation," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 35, 295 (1999).

77.  A.J. Horsewill, "Quantum Tunneling Aspects of Methyl Group Rotation Studied by NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 35, 359 (1999).

78.  C.S. Johnson, Jr., "Diffusion Ordered NMR Spectroscopy: Principles and Applications," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 34, 203 (1999).

79.  K.G. Orrell, "Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy in Inorganic and Organometallic Chemistry," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 37, 1 (1999).

80.  R. Bšhmer, G. Diezemann, G. Hinze, and E. Rossler, "Dynamics of Supercooled Liquids and Glassy Solids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 39, 191 (2001).

81.  M. Pons and O. Millet, "Dynamic NMR Studies of Supramolecular Complexes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 38, 267 (2001).

82.  M. Akke, "NMR Methods for Characterizing Microsecond to Millisecond Dynamics in Recognition and Catalysis," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 12, 642 (2002).

83.  A. Bodor, I. Banyai, and I. Toth, "Slow Dynamics of Aluminium-Citrate Complexes by 1H- and 13C-NMR Spectroscopy," Coord. Chem Rev., 228, 163 (2002).

84.  A. Bodor, I. Banyai, and I. Toth, "1H- and 13C-NMR as Tools to Study Aluminium Coordination Chemistry-Aqueous Al(III)-CitrateComplexes," Coord. Chem Rev., 228, 175 (2002).

85.  I. Furo and S.V. Dvinskikh, "NMR Methods Applied to Anisotropic Diffusion," Magn. Reson. Chem., 40, S3 (2002).

86.  P. Griffiths and P. Stilbs, "NMR Self-DiffusionStudies of Polymeric Surfactants," Curr. Opinion Colloid Interface Sci., 7, 249 (2002).

87.  T. Kameda and T. Asakura, "Dynamics of Silk Fibroin Studied with NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 46, 102 (2002).

88.  H. Weingaertner and M. Holz, "NMR Studies of Self-Diffusion in Liquids," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. C, 98, 121 (2002).

89.  I. Ardelean and R. Kimmich, "Principles and Unconventional Aspects of NMR Diffusometry," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 49, 43 (2003).

90.  A.D. Bain, "Chemical Exchange in NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 43, 63 (2003).

91.  E. Kolehmainen, "Novel Applications of Dynamic NMR in Organic Chemistry," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 49, 1 (2003).

92.  J.M. Brown, "Mechanism in Homogeneous Catalysis: NMR as a Prime Mover," J. Organomet. Chem., 689, 4006 (2004).

93.  B. Chankvetadze, "Combined Approach Using Capillary Electrophoresis and NMR Spectroscopy for Understanding Enantioselective Recognition Mechanisms by Cyclodextrins," Chem. Soc. Rev., 33, 337 (2004).

94.  P.O. Espinet and J.A. Casares, "Conformational Mobility in Chelated Square-Planar Rh, Ir, Pd, and Pt Complexes," in "Fluxional Organometallic and Coordination Compounds," M. Gielen, R. Willem, and B. Wrackmeyer, Eds., Wiley, NY, 2004, Ch. 4 (Physical Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 4).

95.  I.D. Gridnev and O.L. Tok, "NMR Studies of Intramolecular Dynamics in Allylic Type Triorganoboranes," in "Fluxional Organometallic and Coordination Compounds," M. Gielen, R. Willem, and B. Wrackmeyer, Eds., Wiley, NY, 2004, Ch. 2 (Physical Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 4).

96.  F. Li and H. Sun, "Dynamic and Kinetic Aspects of Metallodrugs by NMR," in "Fluxional Organometallic and Coordination Compounds," M. Gielen, R. Willem, and B. Wrackmeyer, Eds., Wiley, NY, 2004, Ch. 5 (Physical Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 4).

97.  S.G. Sakharov, "Dynamic Behavior of Group 5 and 6 Transition Metal Complexes with NMR," in "Fluxional Organometallic and Coordination Compounds," M. Gielen, R. Willem, and B. Wrackmeyer, Eds., Wiley, NY, 2004, Ch. 3 (Physical Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 4).

98.  Y. Cohen, L. Avram, and L. Frish, "Diffusion NMR Spectroscopy in Supramolecular and Combinatorial Chemistry: An Old Parameter-New Insights," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 44, 520 (2005).

99.  D. Reichert, "NMR Studies of Dynamic Processes in Organic Solids," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 55, 159 (2005).

100.  R.M. Claramunt, C. Lopez, M.D. Santa Maria, D. Sanz, and J. Elguero, "Use of NMR Spectroscopy to Study Tautomerism," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 49, 169 (2006).

101.  J.D. Roberts, "Fascination with the Conformational Analysis of Succinic Acid, as Evaluated by NMR Spectroscopy, and Why," Acc. Chem. Res., 39, 889 (2006).

102.  S.P. Babailov, "Lanthanide Paramagnetic Probes for NMR Spectroscopic Studies of Molecular Conformational Dynamics in Solution. Applications to Macrocyclic Molecules," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 52, 1 (2008).

103.  F. Stallmach and P. Galvosas, "Spin Echo NMR Diffusion Studies," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 61, 51 (2007).

104.  A.D. Bain, "Chemical Exchange," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 63, 23 (2008).

105.  S. Cavadini and P.R. Vasos, "Singlet States Open the Way to Longer Time Scales in the Measurement of Diffusion by NMR Spectroscopy," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 32, 68 (2008).

106.  A. Macchioni, G. Ciancaleoni, C. Zuccaccia, and D. Zuccaccia, "Determining Accurate Molecular Sizes in Solution Through NMR Diffusion Spectroscopy," Chem. Soc. Rev., 37, 479 (2008).

107.  S.P. Babailov, "NMR Studies of Photo-Induced Chemical Exchange," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 54, 183 (2009).

108.  S. Mukamel, D. Abramovicius, L. Yang, W. Zhuang, I.V. Schweigert, and D.V. Voronine, "Coherent Multidimensional Optical Probes for Electron Correlations and Exciton Dynamics: From NMR to X-Rays," Acc. Chem. Res., 42, 553 (2009).

109.  P. Neudecker, P. Lundstrom, and L.E. Kay, "Relaxation Dispersion NMR Spectroscopy as a Tool for Detailed Studies of Protein Folding," Biophys. J., 96, 2045 (2009).

110.  M.R. O'Connell, R. Gamsjaeger, and J.P. Mckay, "The Structural Analysis of Protein-Protein Interactions by NMR Spectroscopy," Proteomics, 9, 5224 (2009).

111.  W.S. Price, "NMR Studies of Translational Motion: Principles and Applications," Cambridge University Press, NY, 2009 (ISBN 0-521-80696-8).

112.  T. Blasco, "Insights Into Reaction Mechanisms in Heterogeneous Catalysis Revealed by in situ NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Soc. Rev., 39, 4685 (2010).

113.  D. Casarini, L. Lunazzi, and A. Mazzanti, "Recent Advances in Stereodynamics and Conformational Analysis by Dynamic NMR and Theoretical Calculations," Eur. J. Org. Chem., 2035 (2010).

114.  A.J. Foster and R.F. Lobo, "Identifying Reaction Intermediates and Catalytic Active Sites Through in situ Characterization Techniques," Chem. Soc. Rev., 39, 4783 (2010).

115.  E. Salnikov, C. Aisenbrey, V. Vidovic, and B. Bechinger, "Solid-State NMR Approaches to Measure Topological Equilibria and Dynamics of Membrane Polypeptides," Biochem. Biophys. Acta, Biomembr., 1798, 258 (2010).

116.  Z. Szalay and J. Rohonczy, "Monte Carlo Simulation of NMR Lineshapes in Chemically Exchanging Spin Systems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 56, 198 (2010).

117.  S.B. Morin, "Practical Guide to Protein Dynamics from 15N Spin Relaxation in Solution," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 59, 245 (2011).

118.  Z. Szalay and J. Rohonczy, "Kinetic Monte Carlo Simulation of DNMR Spectra," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 73, 175 (2011).

119.  D. Kruk, A. Privalov, W. Medycki, C. Uniszkiewicz, W. Masierak, and R. Jakubas, "NMR Studies of Solid-State Dynamics," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 76, 67 (2012).

120.  G. Jeschke, "Conformational Dynamics and Distribution of Nitroxide Spin Labels," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 72, 42 (2013).

121.  R. Valiullin, "Diffusion in Nanoporous Host Systems," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 79, 23 (2013).

122.  N. Salvi, "Dynamic Studies Through Control of Relaxation in NMR Spectroscopy," Springer Verlag, NY, 2014 (ISBN 978-3319061696; Springer Theses).

123.  W.F. Vranken, "NMR Structure Validation in Relation to Dynamics and Structure Determination," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 82, 27 (2014).

124.  A.G. Palmer, III, "Enzyme Dynamics from NMR Spectroscopy," Acc. Chem. Res., 48, 457 (2015).

125.  M.R. Hansen, R. Graf, and H.W. Spiess, "Interplay of Structure and Dynamics in Functional Macromolecular and Supramolecular Systems as Revealed by Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Chem. Rev., 116, 1272 (2016).

 

 


VII.  NMR IN BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOLOGY

 

A.  Books

1.  A.F. Casy, "PMR Spectroscopy in Medicinal and Biological Chemistry," Academic Press, NY, 1971.

2.  R.A. Dwek, "NMR in Biochemistry: Applications to Enzyme Systems," Oxford University Press, NY, 1973.

3.  J.N. Herak and K.J. Adamic, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance in Chemistry and Biology," Marcel Dekker, NY, 1975.

4.  T.L. James, "NMR in Biochemistry," Academic Press, NY, 1975.

5.  P.F. Knowles, D. Marsch, and H.W.E. Rattle, "Magnetic Resonance of Biomolecules," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1976.

6.  K. WŸthrich, "NMR in Biological Research: Peptides and Proteins," Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1976.

7.  R.A. Dwek, I.D. Cambell, R.E. Richards, and R.J.P. Williams, Eds., "NMR in Biology," Academic Press, NY, 1977.

8.  P.F. Agris, Ed., "Biomolecular Structure and Function," Academic Press, NY, 1978.

9.  S.J. Opella and P. Lu, Eds., "NMR and Biochemistry," Marcel Dekker, NY, 1979.

10.  R.G. Shulman, Ed., "Biological Applications of Magnetic Resonance," Academic Press, NY, 1979.

11.  J.S. Cohen, "Magnetic Resonance in Biology," Wiley, NY, 1980 (two volumes).

12.  R. Damadian, Ed., "NMR in Medicine," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 19 (1981).

13.  O. Jardetzky and G.C.K. Roberts, "NMR in Molecular Biology," Academic Press, NY, 1981.

14.  A.A. Bothner-By, J.D. Glickson, and B.D. Sykes, Eds., "Biochemical Structure Determination by NMR," Marcel Dekker, NY, 1982.

15.  D.G. Gadian, "NMR and Its Applications to Living Systems," Oxford University Press, NY, 1982.

16.  G. Govil and R.V. Hosur, "Conformation of Biological Molecules: New Results from NMR," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 20 (1982).

17.  P.T. Beall, S.R. Amtey, and S.R. Kasturi, "NMR Data Handbook for Biomedical Applications," Pergamon Press, NY, 1984.

18.  I.D. Campbell and R.A. Dwek, "Biological Spectroscopy," Benjamin/Cummings, Menlo Park, CA, 1984.

19.  M.A. Foster, "Magnetic Resonance in Medicine and Biology," Pergamon Press, NY, 1984.

20.  M.A. Hopf and F.W. Smith, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance in Medicine and Biology," S. Karger, NY, 1984 (Prog. Nucl. Med., Vol. 8).

21.  S.B. Peterson, R.N. Muller, and P.A. Rinck, Eds., "An Introduction to Biomedical Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Thieme, Inc., NY, 1985.

22.  T. Axenrod and G. Ceccarelli, Eds., "NMR in Living Systems," Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 164 (1986).

23.  I. Bertini and C. Lucchinat, "NMR of Paramagnetic Molecules in Biological Systems," Benjamin/Cummings, Menlo Park, CA, 1986.

24.  E. M. Bradbury and C. Nicolini, Eds., "NMR in the Life Sciences," Plenum Press, NY, 1986.

25.  H.F. Linskens and J.F. Jackson, Eds., "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Springer Verlag, NY, 1986 (Modern Methods of Plant Analysis, Vol. 2).

26.  N. Niccolai and G. Valensin, Eds., "Advanced Magnetic Resonance Techniques in Systems of High Molecular Complexity," Birkhauser Boston, New York, NY, 1986 (Prog. Inorg. Biochem. Biophys., Vol. 2).

27.  S. Chien and C. Ho, Eds., "NMR in Biology and Medicine," Raven Press, NY, 1986.

28.  K. WŸthrich, "NMR of Proteins and Nucleic Acids," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1986.

29.  C.T. Burt, Ed., "Phosphorus NMR in Biology," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1987.

30.  R.K. Gupta, Ed., "NMR Spectroscopy of Cells and Organisms," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1987 (two volumes).

31.  D.P. Mollis, "Abusing Cancer Science: The Truth About NMR and Cancer," Strawberry Fields Press, 1987.

32.  S.M. Cohen, Ed., "Physiological NMR Spectroscopy: From Isolated Cells to Man," Ann. NY Acad. Sci., 508 (1988).

33.  B. Maravaglia, Ed., Physics of NMR Spectroscopy in Biology and Medicine," North-Holland, 1988 (Proceedings of the International School of Physics: E Fermi, Course C).

34.  N.J. Oppenheimer and T.L. James, Eds., "NMR," Academic Press, San Diego, CA, 1989 (Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 176).  Part A-"Spectral Techniques & Dynamics";  Part B-"Structure & Mechanism."

35.  J.W. Finley, S.J. Schmidt, and A.S. Serianni, Eds., "NMR Applications in Biopolymers," Plenum Press, NY, 1990.

36.  J.W. Pettegrew, Ed., "NMR:  Principles and Applications to Biomedical Research," Springer Verlag, NY, 1990.

37.  I. Bertini, H. Molinari, and N. Niccoiai, Eds., "NMR and Biomolecular Structure," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1991.

38.  J.D. DeCertaines, "Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy in Biology and Medicine," Pergamon Press, NY, 1992.

39.  J.C. Hoch, F.M. Poulsen, and C. Redfield, Eds., "Computational Aspects of the Study of Biological Macromolecules by NMR Spectroscopy," NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series A: Life Sciences, 225 (1992).

40.  L.J. Berliner and J. Reuben, Eds., "In Vivo Spectroscopy," Biol. Magn. Reson., 11 (1992).

41.  M. Rudin, "In Vivo Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 26-28 (1992).

42.  R. Diamond, T.F. Koetzle, C.K. Prout, and J. Richardson, "Molecular Structures in Biology," Oxford University Press, New York, NY, 1993.

43.  G.C.K. Roberts, "NMR of Macromolecules: a Practical Approach," Oxford University Press, NY, 1993.

44.  G.M. Clore and A.M. Gronenborn, "NMR of Proteins," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1994.

45.  R.J. Gillies, Ed., "NMR in Physiology and Biomedicine," Academic Press, NY, 1994.

46.  C.I. Stassinopoulou, Ed., "NMR of Biological Macromolecules," Springer Verlag, NY, 1994, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series H, 87 (1994).

47.  N. Beckmann, Ed., "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Biological Systems," Academic Press, NY, 1995.

48.  J. Cavanagh, W. Fairbrother, A.G. Palmer III, and N. Skelton, "Protein NMR Spectroscopy: Principles & Practice," Academic Press, NY, 1995.

49.  J.N.S. Evans, "Biomolecular NMR Spectroscopy," Oxford University Press, NY, 1995.

50.  K. WŸthrich, "NMR in Structural Biology," World Science, Signapore, 1995.

51.  D.J. Craik, Ed., "NMR in Drug Design," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1996.

52.  D.G. Gadian, "NMR and Its Applications to Living Systems," 2nd ed., Oxford University Press, NY, 1996.

53.  H.A. Havel, Ed., "Spectroscopic Methods for Determining Protein Structure in Solution," VCH, NY, 1996.

54.  J.L. Markley and S.J. Opella, Eds., "Biological NMR Spectroscopy," Oxford University Press, NY, 1996.

55.  B.D. Nageswara Rao and M.D. Kemple, "NMR as a Structural Tool for Macromolecules: Current Status & Future Directions," Plenum, NY, 1996.

56.  S.K. Sarkar, Ed., "NMR Spectroscopy and Its Application to Biomedical Research," Elsevier, NY, 1996.

57.  M.A. Nanny, R.A. Minear, and J.A. Leenheer, Eds., "NMR Spectroscopy in Environmental Chemistry," Oxford University Press, NY, 1997.

58.  D.G. Reid, Ed., "Protein NMR Techniques," Humana Press, Totowa, NJ, 1997 (Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 60).

59.  L.J. Berliner and P.-M. Robitaille, Eds., "In Vivo Carbon-13 NMR," Biol. Magn. Reson., 15 (1998).

60.  R.A. De Graaf, "In Vivo NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 1998.

61.  N. R. Krishna and L.J. Berliner, Eds., "Modern Techniques in Protein NMR," Biol. Magn. Reson., 16 (1998).

62.  R.R. Ruan and P.L. Chen, "Water in Foods and Biological Materials:  A NMR Approach," Technomic, Lancaster, PA, 1998.

63.  E.I. Solomon and K.O. Hodgson, Eds., "Spectroscopic Methods in Bioinorganic Chemistry," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1998, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 692.

64.  U. Holzgrabe, I. Wawer, and B. Diehl, "NMR Spectroscopy in Drug Development and Analysis," Wiley, NY, 1999.

65.  B. Lippert, Ed., "Cisplatin: Chemistry and Biochemistry of a Leading Anticancer Drug," VCH, NY, 1999.

66.  K.H. Mayo and V.A. Daragan, "Protein Dynamics Using NMR Relaxation," Imperial College Press, London, 1999.

67.  N.R. Krishna and L.J. Berliner, Eds., "Structure, Computation & Dynamics in Protein NMR," Biol. Magn. Reson., 17 (1999).

68.  K.M. Kadish, K.M. Smith, and R.Guilard, Eds., "Porphyrin Handbook, Vol. 5," Academic Press, San Diego, CA, 2000.

69.  L. Que, Jr., "Physical Methods in Bioinorganic Chemistry: Spectroscopy and Magnetism," University Science Books, Mill Valley, CA, 2000.

70.  T.L. James, Ed., "NMR of Biological Macromolecules, Part B," Academic Press, San Diego (Methods Enzymol., 339 (2001)).

71.  T.L. James, V. Dotsch, and U.Schmitz, Eds., "NMR of Biological Macromolecules, Part A," Academic Press, San Diego, CA (Methods Enzymol., 338 (2001)).

72.  K.H. Mayo and V.A. Daragan, "Protein Dynamics NMR Relaxation," Imperial College Press, London, 2002.

73.  H.J. Vogel, Ed., "Calcium-Binding Protein Protocols, Vol. 2: Methods and Techniques" (Methods Mol. Biol., 173 (2002)).

74.  J. Jimenez-Barbero and T. Peters, Eds., "NMR Spectroscopy of Glycoconjugates," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2003.

75.  G. Kaletunc and K.J. Breslauer, Eds., "Characterization of Cerals and Flours, Marcel Dekker, NY, 2003 (Food Science and Technology, Vol. 124).

76.  N.R. Krishna and L.J. Berliner, Eds., "Protein NMR for the Millennium," Biol. Magn. Reson., 20 (2003).

77.  G. Le Gall and I.J. Colquhoun, "NMR Spectroscopy in Food Authentication," in "Food Authenticity and Traceability," M. Lees, Ed., Woodhead Publishing, Cambridge, 2003, p. 131.

78.  O. Zerbe, R. Mannhold, H. Kubinyi, and G. Folkers, Eds., "BioNMR in Drug Research," Wiley, NY, 2003.

79.  Q. Yan, Ed., "Membrane Transporters: Methods and Protocols," Methods Mol. Biol., 227 (2003).

80.  A.K. Downing, Ed., "Protein NMR Techniques," 2nd ed., Humana Press, Totowa, NJ, 2004 (Methods Mol. Biol.).

81.  M.A. Smith and P.B. Barker, "NMR Spectroscopy," in "Encyclopedia of Biomaterials and Biomedical Engineering," G.E. Wnek and G.L. Bowlin, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 2004, Vol. 2, p. 1084.

82.  J.-P. Grivet, "NMR in Microbiology," Horizon Scientific Press, Norwich, UK, 2005.

83.  G.G. Hammes, "Spectroscopy for the Biolgical Sciences," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2005.

84.  T.L. James, Ed., "NMR of Biological Macromolecules, Part C," in "Methods in Enzymology," Elsevier, San Diego (Methods Enzymol., 394 (2005)).

85.  M.D. Reily and J.C. Lindon, "NMR Spectroscopy: Principles and Instrumentation," in "Metabonomics in Toxicity Assessment," D.G. Robertson and J. Lindon, Eds., Taylor & Francis, Boca Raton, FL, 2005, p. 75.

86.  G.S. Rule and T.K. Hitchens, "Fundamentals of Protein NMR Spectroscopy," Springer Verlag, NY, 2005 (Focus on Structural Biology).

87.  R.G. Shulman and D.L. Rothman, Eds., "Metabolism by in vivo NMR: The Goal of Proeomics," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2005.

88.  L.O. Sillerud and R.S. Larson, "NMR-Based Screening Methods for Drug Discovery," in "Bioinformatics and Drug Discovery," R.S. Larson, Ed., Humana Press, Totowa, NJ (Methods Mol. Biol., 316, 227 (2005).

89.  Q. Teng, "Structural Biology: Practical NMR Applications," Springer Verlag, NY, 2005.

90.  J. Cavanagh, W.J. Fairbrother, A.G. Palmer III, and N.J. Skelton, "Protein NMR Spectroscopy: Principles & Practice," 2nd ed., Academic Press, NY, 2006.

91.  C.A. Daykin and F. Wulfert, "NMR Spectroscopy Based Metabonomics: Current Technology and Applications," in "Frontiers of Drug Design and Discovery," G.W. Caldwell, Atta-Ur-Rahman, Z. Yan, and M.I. Choudhary, Eds., Bentham Science Publishers Ltd., 2006, vol. 2, p. 151.

92.  I. de Boer and H.J.M. de Groot, "Magic Angle Spinning NMR of the Chlorosomes," in "Advances in Photosynthesis and Respiration," Vol. 25, B. Grimm, R.J. Porra, W. RŸdiger, and H. Scheer, Eds., Springer Verlag, NY, 2006, p. 297.

93.  C. Fernandez and G. Wider, "NMR Spectroscopy of Large Macromolecules in Solution," in "Springer Series in Biophysics," J.L.R. Arrondo and A. Alonso, Eds., Springer Verlag, NY, 2006, p. 89 (Advanced Techniques in Biophysics, 10).

94.  R. Freeman and E. Kupce, "Emerging Techniques in Fast Multidimensional NMR,"  in "Springer Series in Biophysics," J.L.R. Arrondo and A. Alonso, Eds., Springer Verlag, NY, 2006, p. 129 (Advanced Techniques in Biophysics, 10).

95.  T. Jue, Ed., "NMR in Biomedicine: Basic and Experimental Principles," Humana Press, Totowa, NJ, 2006 (Methods in Pharmacology & Toxicology).

96.  J. Klages and H. Kessler, "NMR in Drug Discovery," in "Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry II," J.B.Taylor and D.J. Triggle, Eds., Elsevier, NY, 2006, vol. 3, p. 901.

97.  J. Mispelter, "NMR Probeheads for Biophysical and Biomedical Experiments: Theoretical Principles and Practical Guidelines," World Scientific Publishing Co., Hackensack, NJ, 2006 (ISBN 1-860-94637-2).

98.  A. Ramamoorthy, Ed., "NMR Spectroscopy of Biological Solids," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2006 (Practical Spectroscopy, 34).

99.  H. Saito, I. Ando, and A. Naito, "Solid State NMR Spectroscopy for Biopolymers: Principles and Applications," Springer Verlag, NY, 2006 (2010 softcover reprint).

100.  D.S. Sem, Ed., "Spectral Techniques in Proteomics," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2006.

101.  J.F.G. Vliegenthart and R.J. Woods, Eds, "Advances in NMR Spectroscopy and Computer Modeling of Carbohydrates," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 2006, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 930.

102.  K.L. Bren, "NMR Spectroscopy of Metallobiomolecules," in "Applications of Physical Methods to Inorganic and Bioinorganic Chemistry," R.A. Scott and C.M. Lukehart, Eds., Wiley, NY, 2007, p. 357.

103.  M.M. Cox and G.N. Phillips, Eds.,"Handbook of Proteins," Wiley, NY, 2007, Vol. 2.

104.  R.A. De Graaf, "In Vivo NMR Spectroscopy: Principles and Techniques," 2nd ed., Wiley, NY, 2007 (ISBN 978-0-470-02670-0).

105.  M.V.S. Elipe, "LC-NMR Overview and Pharmaceutical Applications," in "HPLC for Pharamaceutical Scientists," Y. Kazakevich and R. LoBrutto, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2007, p. 901.

106.  D. Fischer and A. Geyer, "NMR Analysis of Bioprotective Sugars: Sucrose and Oligomeric (1¨2)-a-D-Glucopyranosyl-(1¨2)-b-D-Fructofuranosides," Top. Curr. Chem., 272, 169 (2007).

107.  U. Weininger and J. Balbach, "Analyzing Protein Folding by NMR," in "Methods in Protein Structure and Stability Analysis," Part D, V.N. Uversky and E.A. Permyakov, Eds., Nova Science Publishers Inc., Hauppauge, NY, 2007, p. 3.

108.  E. D'Auvergne, "Protein Dynamics: Study of the Model-Free Analysis of NMR Relaxation Data," VDM Verlag Dr. MŸller e.K., 2008 (ISBN 3-639-05762-7).

109.  P. Gilbert, "NMR in Drug Metabolism," in "Principles and Practice of Bioanalysis," 2nd ed., R.F. Venn, Ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2008, p. 261.

110.  G. Govil and K.V.R. Chary, "NMR in Biological Systems: From Molecules to Human," Springer Verlag, NY, 2008 (ISBN 1-402-06679-1).

111.  L. Wang, "Analysis of NMR Chemical Shifts in Peptide and Protein Structure Determination," VDM Verlag Dr. MŸller e.K., 2008 (ISBN 3-836-45773-3).

112.  U. Holzgrabe, I. Wawer, and B. Diehl, Eds., "NMR Spectroscopy in Pharmaceutical Analysis," Elsevier, NY, 2008 (ISBN 0-444-53173-5).

113.  T.P. Begley, Ed., "Encyclopedia of Chemical Biology," Wiley, NY, 2009.

114.  D.A. Case and E.R. Zuiderweg, "NMR in Biophysical Chemistry," Oxford University Press, NY, 2009 (ISBN 978-0-19-929831-0).

115.  Various authors, "NMR-Based Mixture Analysis: Metabolomics and Beyond," Magn. Reson. Chem., 47, Issue S1 (2009).

116.  D. Belkic and K. Belkic, "Signal Processing in Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy with Biomedical Applications," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2010 (ISBN 978-1439806449).

117.  E.R. Danielsen and B. Ross, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy Diagnosis of Neurological Diseases," 2nd ed., Informa Health Care, 2010 (ISBN 978-0824702380).

118.  A.E. McDermott and T. Polenova, Eds.,